diff --git a/go.mod b/go.mod index 79a5ae510..7bf5fd6e2 100644 --- a/go.mod +++ b/go.mod @@ -1,28 +1,29 @@ module github.com/VictoriaMetrics/VictoriaMetrics require ( - cloud.google.com/go v0.47.0 // indirect - cloud.google.com/go/storage v1.2.1 + cloud.google.com/go v0.48.0 // indirect + cloud.google.com/go/storage v1.4.0 github.com/VictoriaMetrics/fastcache v1.5.2 github.com/VictoriaMetrics/metrics v1.7.2 - github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go v1.25.29 - github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2 v2.1.0 + github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go v1.25.37 + github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2 v2.1.1 github.com/golang/groupcache v0.0.0-20191027212112-611e8accdfc9 // indirect github.com/golang/snappy v0.0.1 github.com/jstemmer/go-junit-report v0.9.1 // indirect - github.com/klauspost/compress v1.9.1 + github.com/klauspost/compress v1.9.2 github.com/valyala/fastjson v1.4.1 github.com/valyala/fastrand v1.0.0 github.com/valyala/gozstd v1.6.2 github.com/valyala/histogram v1.0.1 - github.com/valyala/quicktemplate v1.3.1 - go.opencensus.io v0.22.1 // indirect - golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20191105084925-a882066a44e0 // indirect - golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20191105231009-c1f44814a5cd - golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20191107010934-f79515f33823 // indirect - google.golang.org/api v0.13.0 + github.com/valyala/quicktemplate v1.4.1 + go.opencensus.io v0.22.2 // indirect + golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20191119073136-fc4aabc6c914 // indirect + golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20191119060738-e882bf8e40c2 + golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20191119175705-11e13f1c3fd7 // indirect + google.golang.org/api v0.14.0 google.golang.org/appengine v1.6.5 // indirect - google.golang.org/grpc v1.25.0 // indirect + google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20191115221424-83cc0476cb11 // indirect + google.golang.org/grpc v1.25.1 // indirect ) go 1.12 diff --git a/go.sum b/go.sum index a73eafcc7..54ccc9af9 100644 --- a/go.sum +++ b/go.sum @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ cloud.google.com/go v0.44.1/go.mod h1:iSa0KzasP4Uvy3f1mN/7PiObzGgflwredwwASm/v6A cloud.google.com/go v0.44.2/go.mod h1:60680Gw3Yr4ikxnPRS/oxxkBccT6SA1yMk63TGekxKY= cloud.google.com/go v0.45.1/go.mod h1:RpBamKRgapWJb87xiFSdk4g1CME7QZg3uwTez+TSTjc= cloud.google.com/go v0.46.3/go.mod h1:a6bKKbmY7er1mI7TEI4lsAkts/mkhTSZK8w33B4RAg0= -cloud.google.com/go v0.47.0 h1:1JUtpcY9E7+eTospEwWS2QXP3DEn7poB3E2j0jN74mM= -cloud.google.com/go v0.47.0/go.mod h1:5p3Ky/7f3N10VBkhuR5LFtddroTiMyjZV/Kj5qOQFxU= +cloud.google.com/go v0.48.0 h1:6ZHYIRlohUdU4LrLHbTsReY1eYy/MoZW1FsEyBuMXsk= +cloud.google.com/go v0.48.0/go.mod h1:gGOnoa/XMQYHAscREBlbdHduGchEaP9N0//OXdrPI/M= cloud.google.com/go/bigquery v1.0.1 h1:hL+ycaJpVE9M7nLoiXb/Pn10ENE2u+oddxbD8uu0ZVU= cloud.google.com/go/bigquery v1.0.1/go.mod h1:i/xbL2UlR5RvWAURpBYZTtm/cXjCha9lbfbpx4poX+o= cloud.google.com/go/datastore v1.0.0 h1:Kt+gOPPp2LEPWp8CSfxhsM8ik9CcyE/gYu+0r+RnZvM= @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ cloud.google.com/go/datastore v1.0.0/go.mod h1:LXYbyblFSglQ5pkeyhO+Qmw7ukd3C+pD7 cloud.google.com/go/pubsub v1.0.1 h1:W9tAK3E57P75u0XLLR82LZyw8VpAnhmyTOxW9qzmyj8= cloud.google.com/go/pubsub v1.0.1/go.mod h1:R0Gpsv3s54REJCy4fxDixWD93lHJMoZTyQ2kNxGRt3I= cloud.google.com/go/storage v1.0.0/go.mod h1:IhtSnM/ZTZV8YYJWCY8RULGVqBDmpoyjwiyrjsg+URw= -cloud.google.com/go/storage v1.2.1 h1:3G66kIUChoxgxJPzwpWroEnXjfbLuZgbCNAHIvN/sKY= -cloud.google.com/go/storage v1.2.1/go.mod h1:kpwTAahUQmhyVVGgLWQh2GdyPDZSA3UJDjMm/fDV2oQ= +cloud.google.com/go/storage v1.4.0 h1:KDdqY5VTXBTqpSbctVTt0mVvfanP6JZzNzLE0qNY100= +cloud.google.com/go/storage v1.4.0/go.mod h1:ZusYJWlOshgSBGbt6K3GnB3MT3H1xs2id9+TCl4fDBA= dmitri.shuralyov.com/gpu/mtl v0.0.0-20190408044501-666a987793e9/go.mod h1:H6x//7gZCb22OMCxBHrMx7a5I7Hp++hsVxbQ4BYO7hU= github.com/BurntSushi/toml v0.3.1 h1:WXkYYl6Yr3qBf1K79EBnL4mak0OimBfB0XUf9Vl28OQ= github.com/BurntSushi/toml v0.3.1/go.mod h1:xHWCNGjB5oqiDr8zfno3MHue2Ht5sIBksp03qcyfWMU= @@ -28,14 +28,14 @@ github.com/VictoriaMetrics/metrics v1.7.2 h1:PzC0SEo5lbbNK7xaYwclCCdoaIGRmXOfflI github.com/VictoriaMetrics/metrics v1.7.2/go.mod h1:LU2j9qq7xqZYXz8tF3/RQnB2z2MbZms5TDiIg9/NHiQ= github.com/allegro/bigcache v1.2.1-0.20190218064605-e24eb225f156 h1:eMwmnE/GDgah4HI848JfFxHt+iPb26b4zyfspmqY0/8= github.com/allegro/bigcache v1.2.1-0.20190218064605-e24eb225f156/go.mod h1:Cb/ax3seSYIx7SuZdm2G2xzfwmv3TPSk2ucNfQESPXM= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go v1.25.29 h1:XMAoVra1O2paI3ZgiougWydq6zGt6sLzWn4qb7oVbBY= -github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go v1.25.29/go.mod h1:KmX6BPdI08NWTb3/sm4ZGu5ShLoqVDhKgpiN924inxo= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go v1.25.37 h1:gBtB/F3dophWpsUQKN/Kni+JzYEH2mGHF4hWNtfED1w= +github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go v1.25.37/go.mod h1:KmX6BPdI08NWTb3/sm4ZGu5ShLoqVDhKgpiN924inxo= github.com/census-instrumentation/opencensus-proto v0.2.1/go.mod h1:f6KPmirojxKA12rnyqOA5BBL4O983OfeGPqjHWSTneU= github.com/cespare/xxhash v1.1.0 h1:a6HrQnmkObjyL+Gs60czilIUGqrzKutQD6XZog3p+ko= github.com/cespare/xxhash v1.1.0/go.mod h1:XrSqR1VqqWfGrhpAt58auRo0WTKS1nRRg3ghfAqPWnc= github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2 v2.0.1-0.20190104013014-3767db7a7e18/go.mod h1:HD5P3vAIAh+Y2GAxg0PrPN1P8WkepXGpjbUPDHJqqKM= -github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2 v2.1.0 h1:yTUvW7Vhb89inJ+8irsUqiWjh8iT6sQPZiQzI6ReGkA= -github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2 v2.1.0/go.mod h1:dgIUBU3pDso/gPgZ1osOZ0iQf77oPR28Tjxl5dIMyVM= +github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2 v2.1.1 h1:6MnRN8NT7+YBpUIWxHtefFZOKTAPgGjpQSxqLNn0+qY= +github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2 v2.1.1/go.mod h1:VGX0DQ3Q6kWi7AoAeZDth3/j3BFtOZR5XLFGgcrjCOs= github.com/client9/misspell v0.3.4/go.mod h1:qj6jICC3Q7zFZvVWo7KLAzC3yx5G7kyvSDkc90ppPyw= github.com/davecgh/go-spew v1.1.0/go.mod h1:J7Y8YcW2NihsgmVo/mv3lAwl/skON4iLHjSsI+c5H38= github.com/davecgh/go-spew v1.1.1 h1:vj9j/u1bqnvCEfJOwUhtlOARqs3+rkHYY13jYWTU97c= @@ -80,12 +80,14 @@ github.com/jstemmer/go-junit-report v0.9.1/go.mod h1:Brl9GWCQeLvo8nXZwPNNblvFj/X github.com/kisielk/gotool v1.0.0/go.mod h1:XhKaO+MFFWcvkIS/tQcRk01m1F5IRFswLeQ+oQHNcck= github.com/klauspost/compress v1.4.0/go.mod h1:RyIbtBH6LamlWaDj8nUwkbUhJ87Yi3uG0guNDohfE1A= github.com/klauspost/compress v1.4.1/go.mod h1:RyIbtBH6LamlWaDj8nUwkbUhJ87Yi3uG0guNDohfE1A= -github.com/klauspost/compress v1.9.1 h1:TWy0o9J9c6LK9C8t7Msh6IAJNXbsU/nvKLTQUU5HdaY= -github.com/klauspost/compress v1.9.1/go.mod h1:RyIbtBH6LamlWaDj8nUwkbUhJ87Yi3uG0guNDohfE1A= +github.com/klauspost/compress v1.9.2 h1:LfVyl+ZlLlLDeQ/d2AqfGIIH4qEDu0Ed2S5GyhCWIWY= +github.com/klauspost/compress v1.9.2/go.mod h1:RyIbtBH6LamlWaDj8nUwkbUhJ87Yi3uG0guNDohfE1A= github.com/klauspost/cpuid v0.0.0-20180405133222-e7e905edc00e/go.mod h1:Pj4uuM528wm8OyEC2QMXAi2YiTZ96dNQPGgoMS4s3ek= github.com/klauspost/cpuid v1.2.0/go.mod h1:Pj4uuM528wm8OyEC2QMXAi2YiTZ96dNQPGgoMS4s3ek= +github.com/kr/pretty v0.1.0 h1:L/CwN0zerZDmRFUapSPitk6f+Q3+0za1rQkzVuMiMFI= github.com/kr/pretty v0.1.0/go.mod h1:dAy3ld7l9f0ibDNOQOHHMYYIIbhfbHSm3C4ZsoJORNo= github.com/kr/pty v1.1.1/go.mod h1:pFQYn66WHrOpPYNljwOMqo10TkYh1fy3cYio2l3bCsQ= +github.com/kr/text v0.1.0 h1:45sCR5RtlFHMR4UwH9sdQ5TC8v0qDQCHnXt+kaKSTVE= github.com/kr/text v0.1.0/go.mod h1:4Jbv+DJW3UT/LiOwJeYQe1efqtUx/iVham/4vfdArNI= github.com/pmezard/go-difflib v1.0.0 h1:4DBwDE0NGyQoBHbLQYPwSUPoCMWR5BEzIk/f1lZbAQM= github.com/pmezard/go-difflib v1.0.0/go.mod h1:iKH77koFhYxTK1pcRnkKkqfTogsbg7gZNVY4sRDYZ/4= @@ -96,6 +98,8 @@ github.com/spaolacci/murmur3 v1.0.1-0.20190317074736-539464a789e9/go.mod h1:JwIa github.com/stretchr/objx v0.1.0/go.mod h1:HFkY916IF+rwdDfMAkV7OtwuqBVzrE8GR6GFx+wExME= github.com/stretchr/testify v1.3.0 h1:TivCn/peBQ7UY8ooIcPgZFpTNSz0Q2U6UrFlUfqbe0Q= github.com/stretchr/testify v1.3.0/go.mod h1:M5WIy9Dh21IEIfnGCwXGc5bZfKNJtfHm1UVUgZn+9EI= +github.com/stretchr/testify v1.4.0 h1:2E4SXV/wtOkTonXsotYi4li6zVWxYlZuYNCXe9XRJyk= +github.com/stretchr/testify v1.4.0/go.mod h1:j7eGeouHqKxXV5pUuKE4zz7dFj8WfuZ+81PSLYec5m4= github.com/valyala/bytebufferpool v1.0.0 h1:GqA5TC/0021Y/b9FG4Oi9Mr3q7XYx6KllzawFIhcdPw= github.com/valyala/bytebufferpool v1.0.0/go.mod h1:6bBcMArwyJ5K/AmCkWv1jt77kVWyCJ6HpOuEn7z0Csc= github.com/valyala/fasthttp v1.2.0/go.mod h1:4vX61m6KN+xDduDNwXrhIAVZaZaZiQ1luJk8LWSxF3s= @@ -107,13 +111,13 @@ github.com/valyala/gozstd v1.6.2 h1:MgBfNm0I8IKm51LUTTKfO9vi4BtmoH7kBXeUvgaiZVU= github.com/valyala/gozstd v1.6.2/go.mod h1:y5Ew47GLlP37EkTB+B4s7r6A5rdaeB7ftbl9zoYiIPQ= github.com/valyala/histogram v1.0.1 h1:FzA7n2Tz/wKRMejgu3PV1vw3htAklTjjuoI6z3d4KDg= github.com/valyala/histogram v1.0.1/go.mod h1:lQy0xA4wUz2+IUnf97SivorsJIp8FxsnRd6x25q7Mto= -github.com/valyala/quicktemplate v1.3.1 h1:V9Ixd/ONuoT6C1ipx8XR2dNGSDgIVnvT4ezZ38ZWllU= -github.com/valyala/quicktemplate v1.3.1/go.mod h1:EH+4AkTd43SvgIbQHYu59/cJyxDoOVRUAfrukLPuGJ4= +github.com/valyala/quicktemplate v1.4.1 h1:tEtkSN6mTCJlYVT7As5x4wjtkk2hj2thsb0M+AcAVeM= +github.com/valyala/quicktemplate v1.4.1/go.mod h1:EH+4AkTd43SvgIbQHYu59/cJyxDoOVRUAfrukLPuGJ4= github.com/valyala/tcplisten v0.0.0-20161114210144-ceec8f93295a/go.mod h1:v3UYOV9WzVtRmSR+PDvWpU/qWl4Wa5LApYYX4ZtKbio= go.opencensus.io v0.21.0/go.mod h1:mSImk1erAIZhrmZN+AvHh14ztQfjbGwt4TtuofqLduU= go.opencensus.io v0.22.0/go.mod h1:+kGneAE2xo2IficOXnaByMWTGM9T73dGwxeWcUqIpI8= -go.opencensus.io v0.22.1 h1:8dP3SGL7MPB94crU3bEPplMPe83FI4EouesJUeFHv50= -go.opencensus.io v0.22.1/go.mod h1:Ap50jQcDJrx6rB6VgeeFPtuPIf3wMRvRfrfYDO6+BmA= +go.opencensus.io v0.22.2 h1:75k/FF0Q2YM8QYo07VPddOLBslDt1MZOdEslOHvmzAs= +go.opencensus.io v0.22.2/go.mod h1:yxeiOL68Rb0Xd1ddK5vPZ/oVn4vY4Ynel7k9FzqtOIw= golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20190308221718-c2843e01d9a2/go.mod h1:djNgcEr1/C05ACkg1iLfiJU5Ep61QUkGW8qpdssI0+w= golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20190510104115-cbcb75029529/go.mod h1:yigFU9vqHzYiE8UmvKecakEJjdnWj3jj499lnFckfCI= golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20190605123033-f99c8df09eb5/go.mod h1:yigFU9vqHzYiE8UmvKecakEJjdnWj3jj499lnFckfCI= @@ -121,7 +125,6 @@ golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20190121172915-509febef88a4/go.mod h1:CJ0aWSM057203Lf6IL golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20190306152737-a1d7652674e8/go.mod h1:CJ0aWSM057203Lf6IL+f9T1iT9GByDxfZKAQTCR3kQA= golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20190510132918-efd6b22b2522/go.mod h1:ZjyILWgesfNpC6sMxTJOJm9Kp84zZh5NQWvqDGG3Qr8= golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20190829153037-c13cbed26979/go.mod h1:86+5VVa7VpoJ4kLfm080zCjGlMRFzhUhsZKEZO7MGek= -golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20191002040644-a1355ae1e2c3/go.mod h1:NOZ3BPKG0ec/BKJQgnvsSFpcKLM5xXVWnvZS97DWHgE= golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20191030013958-a1ab85dbe136 h1:A1gGSx58LAGVHUUsOf7IiR0u8Xb6W51gRwfDBhkdcaw= golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20191030013958-a1ab85dbe136/go.mod h1:JXzH8nQsPlswgeRAPE3MuO9GYsAcnJvJ4vnMwN/5qkY= golang.org/x/image v0.0.0-20190227222117-0694c2d4d067/go.mod h1:kZ7UVZpmo3dzQBMxlp+ypCbDeSB+sBbTgSJuh5dn5js= @@ -149,8 +152,8 @@ golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20190501004415-9ce7a6920f09/go.mod h1:t9HGtf8HONx5eT2rtn golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20190503192946-f4e77d36d62c/go.mod h1:t9HGtf8HONx5eT2rtn7q6eTqICYqUVnKs3thJo3Qplg= golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20190603091049-60506f45cf65/go.mod h1:HSz+uSET+XFnRR8LxR5pz3Of3rY3CfYBVs4xY44aLks= golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20190620200207-3b0461eec859/go.mod h1:z5CRVTTTmAJ677TzLLGU+0bjPO0LkuOLi4/5GtJWs/s= -golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20191105084925-a882066a44e0 h1:QPlSTtPE2k6PZPasQUbzuK3p9JbS+vMXYVto8g/yrsg= -golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20191105084925-a882066a44e0/go.mod h1:z5CRVTTTmAJ677TzLLGU+0bjPO0LkuOLi4/5GtJWs/s= +golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20191119073136-fc4aabc6c914 h1:MlY3mEfbnWGmUi4rtHOtNnnnN4UJRGSyLPx+DXA5Sq4= +golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20191119073136-fc4aabc6c914/go.mod h1:z5CRVTTTmAJ677TzLLGU+0bjPO0LkuOLi4/5GtJWs/s= golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20180821212333-d2e6202438be/go.mod h1:N/0e6XlmueqKjAGxoOufVs8QHGRruUQn6yWY3a++T0U= golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20190226205417-e64efc72b421/go.mod h1:gOpvHmFTYa4IltrdGE7lF6nIHvwfUNPOp7c8zoXwtLw= golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20190604053449-0f29369cfe45 h1:SVwTIAaPC2U/AvvLNZ2a7OVsmBpC8L5BlwK1whH3hm0= @@ -169,8 +172,8 @@ golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20190502145724-3ef323f4f1fd/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7w golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20190507160741-ecd444e8653b/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs= golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20190606165138-5da285871e9c/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs= golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20190624142023-c5567b49c5d0/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs= -golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20191105231009-c1f44814a5cd h1:3x5uuvBgE6oaXJjCOvpCC1IpgJogqQ+PqGGU3ZxAgII= -golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20191105231009-c1f44814a5cd/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs= +golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20191119060738-e882bf8e40c2 h1:wAW1U21MfVN0sUipAD8952TBjGXMRHFKQugDlQ9RwwE= +golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20191119060738-e882bf8e40c2/go.mod h1:h1NjWce9XRLGQEsW7wpKNCjG9DtNlClVuFLEZdDNbEs= golang.org/x/text v0.3.0/go.mod h1:NqM8EUOU14njkJ3fqMW+pc6Ldnwhi/IjpwHt7yyuwOQ= golang.org/x/text v0.3.1-0.20180807135948-17ff2d5776d2/go.mod h1:NqM8EUOU14njkJ3fqMW+pc6Ldnwhi/IjpwHt7yyuwOQ= golang.org/x/text v0.3.2 h1:tW2bmiBqwgJj/UpqtC8EpXEZVYOwU0yG4iWbprSVAcs= @@ -191,12 +194,11 @@ golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20190621195816-6e04913cbbac/go.mod h1:/rFqwRUd4F7ZHNgw golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20190628153133-6cdbf07be9d0/go.mod h1:/rFqwRUd4F7ZHNgwSSTFct+R/Kf4OFW1sUzUTQQTgfc= golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20190816200558-6889da9d5479/go.mod h1:b+2E5dAYhXwXZwtnZ6UAqBI28+e2cm9otk0dWdXHAEo= golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20190911174233-4f2ddba30aff/go.mod h1:b+2E5dAYhXwXZwtnZ6UAqBI28+e2cm9otk0dWdXHAEo= -golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20190927191325-030b2cf1153e/go.mod h1:b+2E5dAYhXwXZwtnZ6UAqBI28+e2cm9otk0dWdXHAEo= -golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20191010171213-8abd42400456/go.mod h1:b+2E5dAYhXwXZwtnZ6UAqBI28+e2cm9otk0dWdXHAEo= golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20191012152004-8de300cfc20a/go.mod h1:b+2E5dAYhXwXZwtnZ6UAqBI28+e2cm9otk0dWdXHAEo= -golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20191105231337-689d0f08e67a/go.mod h1:b+2E5dAYhXwXZwtnZ6UAqBI28+e2cm9otk0dWdXHAEo= -golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20191107010934-f79515f33823 h1:akkRBeitX2EZP59KdtKw310CI4WGPCNPyrLbE7WZA8Y= -golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20191107010934-f79515f33823/go.mod h1:b+2E5dAYhXwXZwtnZ6UAqBI28+e2cm9otk0dWdXHAEo= +golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20191112195655-aa38f8e97acc/go.mod h1:b+2E5dAYhXwXZwtnZ6UAqBI28+e2cm9otk0dWdXHAEo= +golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20191115202509-3a792d9c32b2/go.mod h1:b+2E5dAYhXwXZwtnZ6UAqBI28+e2cm9otk0dWdXHAEo= +golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20191119175705-11e13f1c3fd7 h1:RyLBY/sJ/JwgAsmjUkGy/spRidXrmMj9uK4V6eiBypg= +golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20191119175705-11e13f1c3fd7/go.mod h1:b+2E5dAYhXwXZwtnZ6UAqBI28+e2cm9otk0dWdXHAEo= golang.org/x/xerrors v0.0.0-20190717185122-a985d3407aa7/go.mod h1:I/5z698sn9Ka8TeJc9MKroUUfqBBauWjQqLJ2OPfmY0= google.golang.org/api v0.4.0/go.mod h1:8k5glujaEP+g9n7WNsDg8QP6cUVNI86fCNMcbazEtwE= google.golang.org/api v0.7.0/go.mod h1:WtwebWUNSVBH/HAw79HIFXZNqEvBhG+Ra+ax0hx3E3M= @@ -204,6 +206,8 @@ google.golang.org/api v0.8.0/go.mod h1:o4eAsZoiT+ibD93RtjEohWalFOjRDx6CVaqeizhEn google.golang.org/api v0.9.0/go.mod h1:o4eAsZoiT+ibD93RtjEohWalFOjRDx6CVaqeizhEnKg= google.golang.org/api v0.13.0 h1:Q3Ui3V3/CVinFWFiW39Iw0kMuVrRzYX0wN6OPFp0lTA= google.golang.org/api v0.13.0/go.mod h1:iLdEw5Ide6rF15KTC1Kkl0iskquN2gFfn9o9XIsbkAI= +google.golang.org/api v0.14.0 h1:uMf5uLi4eQMRrMKhCplNik4U4H8Z6C1br3zOtAa/aDE= +google.golang.org/api v0.14.0/go.mod h1:iLdEw5Ide6rF15KTC1Kkl0iskquN2gFfn9o9XIsbkAI= google.golang.org/appengine v1.1.0/go.mod h1:EbEs0AVv82hx2wNQdGPgUI5lhzA/G0D9YwlJXL52JkM= google.golang.org/appengine v1.4.0/go.mod h1:xpcJRLb0r/rnEns0DIKYYv+WjYCduHsrkT7/EB5XEv4= google.golang.org/appengine v1.5.0/go.mod h1:xpcJRLb0r/rnEns0DIKYYv+WjYCduHsrkT7/EB5XEv4= @@ -218,17 +222,22 @@ google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20190502173448-54afdca5d873/go.mod h1:VzzqZJRn google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20190801165951-fa694d86fc64/go.mod h1:DMBHOl98Agz4BDEuKkezgsaosCRResVns1a3J2ZsMNc= google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20190819201941-24fa4b261c55/go.mod h1:DMBHOl98Agz4BDEuKkezgsaosCRResVns1a3J2ZsMNc= google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20190911173649-1774047e7e51/go.mod h1:IbNlFCBrqXvoKpeg0TB2l7cyZUmoaFKYIwrEpbDKLA8= -google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20191009194640-548a555dbc03/go.mod h1:n3cpQtvxv34hfy77yVDNjmbRyujviMdxYliBSkLhpCc= -google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20191028173616-919d9bdd9fe6 h1:UXl+Zk3jqqcbEVV7ace5lrt4YdA4tXiz3f/KbmD29Vo= -google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20191028173616-919d9bdd9fe6/go.mod h1:n3cpQtvxv34hfy77yVDNjmbRyujviMdxYliBSkLhpCc= +google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20191108220845-16a3f7862a1a/go.mod h1:n3cpQtvxv34hfy77yVDNjmbRyujviMdxYliBSkLhpCc= +google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20191115194625-c23dd37a84c9/go.mod h1:n3cpQtvxv34hfy77yVDNjmbRyujviMdxYliBSkLhpCc= +google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20191115221424-83cc0476cb11 h1:51D++eCgOHufw5VfDE9Uzqyyc+OyQIjb9hkYy9LN5Fk= +google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20191115221424-83cc0476cb11/go.mod h1:n3cpQtvxv34hfy77yVDNjmbRyujviMdxYliBSkLhpCc= google.golang.org/grpc v1.19.0/go.mod h1:mqu4LbDTu4XGKhr4mRzUsmM4RtVoemTSY81AxZiDr8c= google.golang.org/grpc v1.20.1/go.mod h1:10oTOabMzJvdu6/UiuZezV6QK5dSlG84ov/aaiqXj38= google.golang.org/grpc v1.21.1/go.mod h1:oYelfM1adQP15Ek0mdvEgi9Df8B9CZIaU1084ijfRaM= google.golang.org/grpc v1.23.0/go.mod h1:Y5yQAOtifL1yxbo5wqy6BxZv8vAUGQwXBOALyacEbxg= -google.golang.org/grpc v1.25.0 h1:ItERT+UbGdX+s4u+nQNlVM/Q7cbmf7icKfvzbWqVtq0= -google.golang.org/grpc v1.25.0/go.mod h1:c3i+UQWmh7LiEpx4sFZnkU36qjEYZ0imhYfXVyQciAY= +google.golang.org/grpc v1.25.1 h1:wdKvqQk7IttEw92GoRyKG2IDrUIpgpj6H6m81yfeMW0= +google.golang.org/grpc v1.25.1/go.mod h1:c3i+UQWmh7LiEpx4sFZnkU36qjEYZ0imhYfXVyQciAY= +gopkg.in/check.v1 v0.0.0-20161208181325-20d25e280405/go.mod h1:Co6ibVJAznAaIkqp8huTwlJQCZ016jof/cbN4VW5Yz0= +gopkg.in/check.v1 v1.0.0-20180628173108-788fd7840127 h1:qIbj1fsPNlZgppZ+VLlY7N33q108Sa+fhmuc+sWQYwY= gopkg.in/check.v1 v1.0.0-20180628173108-788fd7840127/go.mod h1:Co6ibVJAznAaIkqp8huTwlJQCZ016jof/cbN4VW5Yz0= gopkg.in/errgo.v2 v2.1.0/go.mod h1:hNsd1EY+bozCKY1Ytp96fpM3vjJbqLJn88ws8XvfDNI= +gopkg.in/yaml.v2 v2.2.2 h1:ZCJp+EgiOT7lHqUV2J862kp8Qj64Jo6az82+3Td9dZw= +gopkg.in/yaml.v2 v2.2.2/go.mod h1:hI93XBmqTisBFMUTm0b8Fm+jr3Dg1NNxqwp+5A1VGuI= honnef.co/go/tools v0.0.0-20190102054323-c2f93a96b099/go.mod h1:rf3lG4BRIbNafJWhAfAdb/ePZxsR/4RtNHQocxwk9r4= honnef.co/go/tools v0.0.0-20190106161140-3f1c8253044a/go.mod h1:rf3lG4BRIbNafJWhAfAdb/ePZxsR/4RtNHQocxwk9r4= honnef.co/go/tools v0.0.0-20190418001031-e561f6794a2a/go.mod h1:rf3lG4BRIbNafJWhAfAdb/ePZxsR/4RtNHQocxwk9r4= diff --git a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/CHANGES.md b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/CHANGES.md index e50e91066..eedcfc238 100644 --- a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/CHANGES.md +++ b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/CHANGES.md @@ -1,5 +1,9 @@ # Changes +## v0.48.0 + +- Various updates to autogenerated clients + ## v0.47.0 This release drops support for Go 1.9 and Go 1.10: we continue to officially diff --git a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/CONTRIBUTING.md b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/CONTRIBUTING.md index cc2adfefb..fe82c7c38 100644 --- a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/CONTRIBUTING.md +++ b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/CONTRIBUTING.md @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ 1. Sign one of the [contributor license agreements](#contributor-license-agreements) below. -1. Run `GO111MODULE=off go get golang.org/x/review/git-codereview` to install -the code reviewing tool. +1. Run `go get golang.org/x/review/git-codereview && go install golang.org/x/review/git-codereview` +to install the code reviewing tool. 1. Ensure it's working by running `git codereview` (check your `PATH` if not). @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ the code reviewing tool. * Should you run into issues with the `git-codereview` tool, please note that all error messages will assume that you have set up these aliases. -1. Change to a directory of your choosing and clone the repo.b +1. Change to a directory of your choosing and clone the repo. ``` cd ~/code diff --git a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/README.md b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/README.md index 2a66eeff7..dc1ae922c 100644 --- a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/README.md +++ b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/README.md @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ Google API | Status | Package > **Stable status**: the API is mature and ready for production use. We will > continue addressing bugs and feature requests. -Documentation and examples are available at [godoc.org/cloud.google.com/go](godoc.org/cloud.google.com/go) +Documentation and examples are available at [godoc.org/cloud.google.com/go](https://godoc.org/cloud.google.com/go) ## Go Versions Supported diff --git a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/gapics.txt b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/gapics.txt index 6322cf0cb..a3ed21fda 100644 --- a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/gapics.txt +++ b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/gapics.txt @@ -1,7 +1,6 @@ google/api/expr/artman_cel.yaml google/cloud/asset/artman_cloudasset_v1beta1.yaml google/cloud/asset/artman_cloudasset_v1p2beta1.yaml -google/cloud/asset/artman_cloudasset_v1.yaml google/iam/credentials/artman_iamcredentials_v1.yaml google/cloud/automl/artman_automl_v1.yaml google/cloud/automl/artman_automl_v1beta1.yaml @@ -13,26 +12,19 @@ google/cloud/dialogflow/v2/artman_dialogflow_v2.yaml google/cloud/iot/artman_cloudiot.yaml google/cloud/irm/artman_irm_v1alpha2.yaml google/cloud/kms/artman_cloudkms.yaml -google/cloud/language/artman_language_v1.yaml google/cloud/language/artman_language_v1beta2.yaml google/cloud/oslogin/artman_oslogin_v1.yaml google/cloud/oslogin/artman_oslogin_v1beta.yaml -google/cloud/phishingprotection/artman_phishingprotection_v1beta1.yaml google/cloud/recaptchaenterprise/artman_recaptchaenterprise_v1beta1.yaml google/cloud/recommender/artman_recommender_v1beta1.yaml google/cloud/redis/artman_redis_v1beta1.yaml google/cloud/redis/artman_redis_v1.yaml -google/cloud/scheduler/artman_cloudscheduler_v1beta1.yaml -google/cloud/scheduler/artman_cloudscheduler_v1.yaml google/cloud/securitycenter/artman_securitycenter_v1beta1.yaml google/cloud/securitycenter/artman_securitycenter_v1.yaml -google/cloud/speech/artman_speech_v1.yaml -google/cloud/speech/artman_speech_v1p1beta1.yaml google/cloud/talent/artman_talent_v4beta1.yaml google/cloud/tasks/artman_cloudtasks_v2beta2.yaml google/cloud/tasks/artman_cloudtasks_v2beta3.yaml google/cloud/tasks/artman_cloudtasks_v2.yaml -google/cloud/translate/artman_translate_v3.yaml google/cloud/videointelligence/artman_videointelligence_v1.yaml google/cloud/videointelligence/artman_videointelligence_v1beta2.yaml google/cloud/vision/artman_vision_v1.yaml diff --git a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/go.mod b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/go.mod index ed36e69b2..f23568cbb 100644 --- a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/go.mod +++ b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/go.mod @@ -15,14 +15,14 @@ require ( github.com/googleapis/gax-go/v2 v2.0.5 github.com/jstemmer/go-junit-report v0.0.0-20190106144839-af01ea7f8024 go.opencensus.io v0.22.0 - golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20191002040644-a1355ae1e2c3 + golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20191030013958-a1ab85dbe136 golang.org/x/lint v0.0.0-20190930215403-16217165b5de golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20190620200207-3b0461eec859 golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20190604053449-0f29369cfe45 golang.org/x/text v0.3.2 - golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20191010171213-8abd42400456 - google.golang.org/api v0.9.0 - google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20191009194640-548a555dbc03 + golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20191112195655-aa38f8e97acc + google.golang.org/api v0.13.0 + google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20191108220845-16a3f7862a1a google.golang.org/grpc v1.21.1 honnef.co/go/tools v0.0.1-2019.2.3 ) diff --git a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/go.sum b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/go.sum index 8fe231110..8efbf4339 100644 --- a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/go.sum +++ b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/go.sum @@ -75,8 +75,8 @@ golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20190510132918-efd6b22b2522 h1:OeRHuibLsmZkFj773W4LcfAGs golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20190510132918-efd6b22b2522/go.mod h1:ZjyILWgesfNpC6sMxTJOJm9Kp84zZh5NQWvqDGG3Qr8= golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20190829153037-c13cbed26979 h1:Agxu5KLo8o7Bb634SVDnhIfpTvxmzUwhbYAzBvXt6h4= golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20190829153037-c13cbed26979/go.mod h1:86+5VVa7VpoJ4kLfm080zCjGlMRFzhUhsZKEZO7MGek= -golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20191002040644-a1355ae1e2c3 h1:n9HxLrNxWWtEb1cA950nuEEj3QnKbtsCJ6KjcgisNUs= -golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20191002040644-a1355ae1e2c3/go.mod h1:NOZ3BPKG0ec/BKJQgnvsSFpcKLM5xXVWnvZS97DWHgE= +golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20191030013958-a1ab85dbe136 h1:A1gGSx58LAGVHUUsOf7IiR0u8Xb6W51gRwfDBhkdcaw= +golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20191030013958-a1ab85dbe136/go.mod h1:JXzH8nQsPlswgeRAPE3MuO9GYsAcnJvJ4vnMwN/5qkY= golang.org/x/image v0.0.0-20190227222117-0694c2d4d067/go.mod h1:kZ7UVZpmo3dzQBMxlp+ypCbDeSB+sBbTgSJuh5dn5js= golang.org/x/image v0.0.0-20190802002840-cff245a6509b/go.mod h1:FeLwcggjj3mMvU+oOTbSwawSJRM1uh48EjtB4UJZlP0= golang.org/x/lint v0.0.0-20181026193005-c67002cb31c3/go.mod h1:UVdnD1Gm6xHRNCYTkRU2/jEulfH38KcIWyp/GAMgvoE= @@ -156,10 +156,9 @@ golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20190628153133-6cdbf07be9d0/go.mod h1:/rFqwRUd4F7ZHNgw golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20190816200558-6889da9d5479/go.mod h1:b+2E5dAYhXwXZwtnZ6UAqBI28+e2cm9otk0dWdXHAEo= golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20190911174233-4f2ddba30aff h1:On1qIo75ByTwFJ4/W2bIqHcwJ9XAqtSWUs8GwRrIhtc= golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20190911174233-4f2ddba30aff/go.mod h1:b+2E5dAYhXwXZwtnZ6UAqBI28+e2cm9otk0dWdXHAEo= -golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20190927191325-030b2cf1153e h1:1xWUkZQQ9Z9UuZgNaIR6OQOE7rUFglXUUBZlO+dGg6I= -golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20190927191325-030b2cf1153e/go.mod h1:b+2E5dAYhXwXZwtnZ6UAqBI28+e2cm9otk0dWdXHAEo= -golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20191010171213-8abd42400456 h1:LR16zMCx87X52rsLOtnByklL2K/xWUKAo1Nm7AA4HA0= -golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20191010171213-8abd42400456/go.mod h1:b+2E5dAYhXwXZwtnZ6UAqBI28+e2cm9otk0dWdXHAEo= +golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20191012152004-8de300cfc20a/go.mod h1:b+2E5dAYhXwXZwtnZ6UAqBI28+e2cm9otk0dWdXHAEo= +golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20191112195655-aa38f8e97acc h1:NCy3Ohtk6Iny5V/reW2Ktypo4zIpWBdRJ1uFMjBxdg8= +golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20191112195655-aa38f8e97acc/go.mod h1:b+2E5dAYhXwXZwtnZ6UAqBI28+e2cm9otk0dWdXHAEo= golang.org/x/xerrors v0.0.0-20190717185122-a985d3407aa7/go.mod h1:I/5z698sn9Ka8TeJc9MKroUUfqBBauWjQqLJ2OPfmY0= google.golang.org/api v0.4.0/go.mod h1:8k5glujaEP+g9n7WNsDg8QP6cUVNI86fCNMcbazEtwE= google.golang.org/api v0.7.0/go.mod h1:WtwebWUNSVBH/HAw79HIFXZNqEvBhG+Ra+ax0hx3E3M= @@ -167,6 +166,8 @@ google.golang.org/api v0.8.0 h1:VGGbLNyPF7dvYHhcUGYBBGCRDDK0RRJAI6KCvo0CL+E= google.golang.org/api v0.8.0/go.mod h1:o4eAsZoiT+ibD93RtjEohWalFOjRDx6CVaqeizhEnKg= google.golang.org/api v0.9.0 h1:jbyannxz0XFD3zdjgrSUsaJbgpH4eTrkdhRChkHPfO8= google.golang.org/api v0.9.0/go.mod h1:o4eAsZoiT+ibD93RtjEohWalFOjRDx6CVaqeizhEnKg= +google.golang.org/api v0.13.0 h1:Q3Ui3V3/CVinFWFiW39Iw0kMuVrRzYX0wN6OPFp0lTA= +google.golang.org/api v0.13.0/go.mod h1:iLdEw5Ide6rF15KTC1Kkl0iskquN2gFfn9o9XIsbkAI= google.golang.org/appengine v1.1.0/go.mod h1:EbEs0AVv82hx2wNQdGPgUI5lhzA/G0D9YwlJXL52JkM= google.golang.org/appengine v1.4.0 h1:/wp5JvzpHIxhs/dumFmF7BXTf3Z+dd4uXta4kVyO508= google.golang.org/appengine v1.4.0/go.mod h1:xpcJRLb0r/rnEns0DIKYYv+WjYCduHsrkT7/EB5XEv4= @@ -187,8 +188,8 @@ google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20190819201941-24fa4b261c55 h1:gSJIx1SDwno+2El google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20190819201941-24fa4b261c55/go.mod h1:DMBHOl98Agz4BDEuKkezgsaosCRResVns1a3J2ZsMNc= google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20190911173649-1774047e7e51 h1:Ex1mq5jaJof+kRnYi3SlYJ8KKa9Ao3NHyIT5XJ1gF6U= google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20190911173649-1774047e7e51/go.mod h1:IbNlFCBrqXvoKpeg0TB2l7cyZUmoaFKYIwrEpbDKLA8= -google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20191009194640-548a555dbc03 h1:4HYDjxeNXAOTv3o1N2tjo8UUSlhQgAD52FVkwxnWgM8= -google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20191009194640-548a555dbc03/go.mod h1:n3cpQtvxv34hfy77yVDNjmbRyujviMdxYliBSkLhpCc= +google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20191108220845-16a3f7862a1a h1:Ob5/580gVHBJZgXnff1cZDbG+xLtMVE5mDRTe+nIsX4= +google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20191108220845-16a3f7862a1a/go.mod h1:n3cpQtvxv34hfy77yVDNjmbRyujviMdxYliBSkLhpCc= google.golang.org/grpc v1.19.0 h1:cfg4PD8YEdSFnm7qLV4++93WcmhH2nIUhMjhdCvl3j8= google.golang.org/grpc v1.19.0/go.mod h1:mqu4LbDTu4XGKhr4mRzUsmM4RtVoemTSY81AxZiDr8c= google.golang.org/grpc v1.20.1 h1:Hz2g2wirWK7H0qIIhGIqRGTuMwTE8HEKFnDZZ7lm9NU= diff --git a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/internal/version/version.go b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/internal/version/version.go index 61d6779ed..f50f5c199 100644 --- a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/internal/version/version.go +++ b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/internal/version/version.go @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ import ( // Repo is the current version of the client libraries in this // repo. It should be a date in YYYYMMDD format. -const Repo = "20191008" +const Repo = "20191112" // Go returns the Go runtime version. The returned string // has no whitespace. diff --git a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/microgens.csv b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/microgens.csv index ef02c96d0..a367dd480 100644 --- a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/microgens.csv +++ b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/microgens.csv @@ -1 +1,10 @@ input directory path, go module;package flag, gRPC ServiceConfig path flag, API service config path flag, release level +google/cloud/texttospeech/v1, --go-gapic-package cloud.google.com/go/texttospeech/apiv1;texttospeech, --grpc-service-config google/cloud/texttospeech/v1/texttospeech_grpc_service_config.json, --gapic-service-config google/cloud/texttospeech/v1/texttospeech_v1.yaml, --release-level alpha +google/cloud/asset/v1, --go-gapic-package cloud.google.com/go/asset/apiv1;asset, --grpc-service-config google/cloud/asset/v1/cloudasset_grpc_service_config.json, --gapic-service-config google/cloud/asset/v1/cloudasset_v1.yaml, --release-level alpha +google/cloud/language/v1, --go-gapic-package cloud.google.com/go/language/apiv1;language, --grpc-service-config google/cloud/language/v1/language_grpc_service_config.json, --gapic-service-config google/cloud/language/language_v1.yaml, --release-level alpha +google/cloud/phishingprotection/v1beta1, --go-gapic-package cloud.google.com/go/phishingprotection/apiv1beta1;phishingprotection, --grpc-service-config google/cloud/phishingprotection/v1beta1/phishingprotection_grpc_service_config.json, --gapic-service-config google/cloud/phishingprotection/v1beta1/phishingprotection_v1beta1.yaml, --release-level beta +google/cloud/translate/v3, --go-gapic-package cloud.google.com/go/translate/apiv3;translate, --grpc-service-config google/cloud/translate/v3/translate_grpc_service_config.json, --gapic-service-config google/cloud/translate/v3/translate_v3.yaml, +google/cloud/scheduler/v1, --go-gapic-package cloud.google.com/go/scheduler/apiv1;scheduler, --grpc-service-config google/cloud/scheduler/v1/cloudscheduler_grpc_service_config.json, --gapic-service-config google/cloud/scheduler/v1/cloudscheduler_v1.yaml, +google/cloud/scheduler/v1beta1, --go-gapic-package cloud.google.com/go/scheduler/apiv1beta1;scheduler, --grpc-service-config google/cloud/scheduler/v1beta1/cloudscheduler_grpc_service_config.json, --gapic-service-config google/cloud/scheduler/v1beta1/cloudscheduler_v1beta1.yaml, --release-level beta +google/cloud/speech/v1, --go-gapic-package cloud.google.com/go/speech/apiv1;speech, --grpc-service-config google/cloud/speech/v1/speech_grpc_service_config.json, --gapic-service-config google/cloud/speech/v1/speech_v1.yaml, +google/cloud/speech/v1p1beta1, --go-gapic-package cloud.google.com/go/speech/apiv1p1beta1;speech, --grpc-service-config google/cloud/speech/v1p1beta1/speech_grpc_service_config.json, --gapic-service-config google/cloud/speech/v1p1beta1/speech_v1p1beta1.yaml, --release-level beta diff --git a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/regen-gapic.sh b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/regen-gapic.sh index fadf6c9fe..8dae7afda 100644 --- a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/regen-gapic.sh +++ b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/regen-gapic.sh @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ microgen() { --mount type=bind,source=$HOST_MOUNT/$input,destination=/in/$input,readonly \ --mount type=bind,source=/tmp,destination=/out \ --rm \ - gcr.io/gapic-images/gapic-generator-go:0.8.1 \ + gcr.io/gapic-images/gapic-generator-go:0.9.1 \ $options } diff --git a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/CHANGES.md b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/CHANGES.md index 4c2d17da5..ff9b6fd94 100644 --- a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/CHANGES.md +++ b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/CHANGES.md @@ -1,5 +1,15 @@ # Changes +## v1.4.0 + +- When listing objects in a bucket, allow callers to specify which attributes + are queried. This allows for performance optimization. + +## v1.3.0 + +- Use `storage.googleapis.com/storage/v1` by default for GCS requests + instead of `www.googleapis.com/storage/v1`. + ## v1.2.1 - Fixed a bug where UniformBucketLevelAccess and BucketPolicyOnly were not diff --git a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/bucket.go b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/bucket.go index dccfc989c..3cea6be25 100644 --- a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/bucket.go +++ b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/bucket.go @@ -1150,6 +1150,9 @@ func (it *ObjectIterator) fetch(pageSize int, pageToken string) (string, error) req.Delimiter(it.query.Delimiter) req.Prefix(it.query.Prefix) req.Versions(it.query.Versions) + if len(it.query.fieldSelection) > 0 { + req.Fields("nextPageToken", googleapi.Field(it.query.fieldSelection)) + } req.PageToken(pageToken) if it.bucket.userProject != "" { req.UserProject(it.bucket.userProject) diff --git a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/doc.go b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/doc.go index 88f645904..5f9a62b33 100644 --- a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/doc.go +++ b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/doc.go @@ -117,6 +117,33 @@ Objects also have attributes, which you can fetch with Attrs: fmt.Printf("object %s has size %d and can be read using %s\n", objAttrs.Name, objAttrs.Size, objAttrs.MediaLink) +Listing objects + +Listing objects in a bucket is done with the Bucket.Objects method: + + query := &storage.Query{Prefix: ""} + + var names []string + it := bkt.Objects(ctx, query) + for { + attrs, err := it.Next() + if err == iterator.Done { + break + } + if err != nil { + log.Fatal(err) + } + names = append(names, attrs.Name) + } + +If only a subset of object attributes is needed when listing, specifying this +subset using Query.SetAttrSelection may speed up the listing process: + + query := &storage.Query{Prefix: ""} + query.SetAttrSelection([]string{"Name"}) + + // ... as before + ACLs Both objects and buckets have ACLs (Access Control Lists). An ACL is a list of diff --git a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/go.mod b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/go.mod index 8afa87671..a9d92c225 100644 --- a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/go.mod +++ b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/go.mod @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ require ( golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20191030013958-a1ab85dbe136 // indirect golang.org/x/lint v0.0.0-20190930215403-16217165b5de // indirect golang.org/x/oauth2 v0.0.0-20190604053449-0f29369cfe45 - golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20191105231337-689d0f08e67a // indirect - google.golang.org/api v0.13.0 - google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20191028173616-919d9bdd9fe6 + golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20191115202509-3a792d9c32b2 // indirect + google.golang.org/api v0.14.0 + google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20191115194625-c23dd37a84c9 google.golang.org/grpc v1.21.1 ) diff --git a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/go.sum b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/go.sum index a9917b8f8..218958f51 100644 --- a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/go.sum +++ b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/go.sum @@ -129,16 +129,16 @@ golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20190816200558-6889da9d5479/go.mod h1:b+2E5dAYhXwXZwtn golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20190911174233-4f2ddba30aff h1:On1qIo75ByTwFJ4/W2bIqHcwJ9XAqtSWUs8GwRrIhtc= golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20190911174233-4f2ddba30aff/go.mod h1:b+2E5dAYhXwXZwtnZ6UAqBI28+e2cm9otk0dWdXHAEo= golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20191012152004-8de300cfc20a/go.mod h1:b+2E5dAYhXwXZwtnZ6UAqBI28+e2cm9otk0dWdXHAEo= -golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20191105231337-689d0f08e67a h1:RzzIfXstYPS78k0QViPGpDcTlV+QuYrbxVmsxDHdxTs= -golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20191105231337-689d0f08e67a/go.mod h1:b+2E5dAYhXwXZwtnZ6UAqBI28+e2cm9otk0dWdXHAEo= +golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20191115202509-3a792d9c32b2 h1:EtTFh6h4SAKemS+CURDMTDIANuduG5zKEXShyy18bGA= +golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20191115202509-3a792d9c32b2/go.mod h1:b+2E5dAYhXwXZwtnZ6UAqBI28+e2cm9otk0dWdXHAEo= golang.org/x/xerrors v0.0.0-20190717185122-a985d3407aa7/go.mod h1:I/5z698sn9Ka8TeJc9MKroUUfqBBauWjQqLJ2OPfmY0= google.golang.org/api v0.4.0/go.mod h1:8k5glujaEP+g9n7WNsDg8QP6cUVNI86fCNMcbazEtwE= google.golang.org/api v0.7.0/go.mod h1:WtwebWUNSVBH/HAw79HIFXZNqEvBhG+Ra+ax0hx3E3M= google.golang.org/api v0.8.0/go.mod h1:o4eAsZoiT+ibD93RtjEohWalFOjRDx6CVaqeizhEnKg= google.golang.org/api v0.9.0 h1:jbyannxz0XFD3zdjgrSUsaJbgpH4eTrkdhRChkHPfO8= google.golang.org/api v0.9.0/go.mod h1:o4eAsZoiT+ibD93RtjEohWalFOjRDx6CVaqeizhEnKg= -google.golang.org/api v0.13.0 h1:Q3Ui3V3/CVinFWFiW39Iw0kMuVrRzYX0wN6OPFp0lTA= -google.golang.org/api v0.13.0/go.mod h1:iLdEw5Ide6rF15KTC1Kkl0iskquN2gFfn9o9XIsbkAI= +google.golang.org/api v0.14.0 h1:uMf5uLi4eQMRrMKhCplNik4U4H8Z6C1br3zOtAa/aDE= +google.golang.org/api v0.14.0/go.mod h1:iLdEw5Ide6rF15KTC1Kkl0iskquN2gFfn9o9XIsbkAI= google.golang.org/appengine v1.1.0/go.mod h1:EbEs0AVv82hx2wNQdGPgUI5lhzA/G0D9YwlJXL52JkM= google.golang.org/appengine v1.4.0/go.mod h1:xpcJRLb0r/rnEns0DIKYYv+WjYCduHsrkT7/EB5XEv4= google.golang.org/appengine v1.5.0/go.mod h1:xpcJRLb0r/rnEns0DIKYYv+WjYCduHsrkT7/EB5XEv4= @@ -153,8 +153,8 @@ google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20190801165951-fa694d86fc64/go.mod h1:DMBHOl98 google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20190819201941-24fa4b261c55/go.mod h1:DMBHOl98Agz4BDEuKkezgsaosCRResVns1a3J2ZsMNc= google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20190911173649-1774047e7e51 h1:Ex1mq5jaJof+kRnYi3SlYJ8KKa9Ao3NHyIT5XJ1gF6U= google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20190911173649-1774047e7e51/go.mod h1:IbNlFCBrqXvoKpeg0TB2l7cyZUmoaFKYIwrEpbDKLA8= -google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20191028173616-919d9bdd9fe6 h1:UXl+Zk3jqqcbEVV7ace5lrt4YdA4tXiz3f/KbmD29Vo= -google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20191028173616-919d9bdd9fe6/go.mod h1:n3cpQtvxv34hfy77yVDNjmbRyujviMdxYliBSkLhpCc= +google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20191115194625-c23dd37a84c9 h1:6XzpBoANz1NqMNfDXzc2QmHmbb1vyMsvRfoP5rM+K1I= +google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20191115194625-c23dd37a84c9/go.mod h1:n3cpQtvxv34hfy77yVDNjmbRyujviMdxYliBSkLhpCc= google.golang.org/grpc v1.19.0/go.mod h1:mqu4LbDTu4XGKhr4mRzUsmM4RtVoemTSY81AxZiDr8c= google.golang.org/grpc v1.20.1/go.mod h1:10oTOabMzJvdu6/UiuZezV6QK5dSlG84ov/aaiqXj38= google.golang.org/grpc v1.21.1 h1:j6XxA85m/6txkUCHvzlV5f+HBNl/1r5cZ2A/3IEFOO8= diff --git a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/storage.go b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/storage.go index 43f55ee6e..c85cc8398 100644 --- a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/storage.go +++ b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/storage/storage.go @@ -94,11 +94,20 @@ type Client struct { // NewClient creates a new Google Cloud Storage client. // The default scope is ScopeFullControl. To use a different scope, like ScopeReadOnly, use option.WithScopes. func NewClient(ctx context.Context, opts ...option.ClientOption) (*Client, error) { - o := []option.ClientOption{ - option.WithScopes(ScopeFullControl), - option.WithUserAgent(userAgent), + var host, readHost, scheme string + + if host = os.Getenv("STORAGE_EMULATOR_HOST"); host == "" { + scheme = "https" + readHost = "storage.googleapis.com" + + opts = append(opts, option.WithScopes(ScopeFullControl), option.WithUserAgent(userAgent)) + } else { + scheme = "http" + readHost = host + + opts = append(opts, option.WithoutAuthentication()) } - opts = append(o, opts...) + hc, ep, err := htransport.NewClient(ctx, opts...) if err != nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("dialing: %v", err) @@ -107,17 +116,14 @@ func NewClient(ctx context.Context, opts ...option.ClientOption) (*Client, error if err != nil { return nil, fmt.Errorf("storage client: %v", err) } - if ep != "" { + if ep == "" { + // Override the default value for BasePath from the raw client. + // TODO: remove when the raw client uses this endpoint as its default (~end of 2020) + rawService.BasePath = "https://storage.googleapis.com/storage/v1/" + } else { rawService.BasePath = ep } - scheme := "https" - var host, readHost string - if host = os.Getenv("STORAGE_EMULATOR_HOST"); host != "" { - scheme = "http" - readHost = host - } else { - readHost = "storage.googleapis.com" - } + return &Client{ hc: hc, raw: rawService, @@ -1125,6 +1131,78 @@ type Query struct { // Versions indicates whether multiple versions of the same // object will be included in the results. Versions bool + + // fieldSelection is used to select only specific fields to be returned by + // the query. It's used internally and is populated for the user by + // calling Query.SetAttrSelection + fieldSelection string +} + +// attrToFieldMap maps the field names of ObjectAttrs to the underlying field +// names in the API call. Only the ObjectAttrs field names are visible to users +// because they are already part of the public API of the package. +var attrToFieldMap = map[string]string{ + "Bucket": "bucket", + "Name": "name", + "ContentType": "contentType", + "ContentLanguage": "contentLanguage", + "CacheControl": "cacheControl", + "EventBasedHold": "eventBasedHold", + "TemporaryHold": "temporaryHold", + "RetentionExpirationTime": "retentionExpirationTime", + "ACL": "acl", + "Owner": "owner", + "ContentEncoding": "contentEncoding", + "ContentDisposition": "contentDisposition", + "Size": "size", + "MD5": "md5hash", + "CRC32C": "crc32c", + "MediaLink": "mediaLink", + "Metadata": "metadata", + "Generation": "generation", + "Metageneration": "metageneration", + "StorageClass": "storageClass", + "CustomerKeySHA256": "customerEncryption", + "KMSKeyName": "kmsKeyName", + "Created": "timeCreated", + "Deleted": "timeDeleted", + "Updated": "timeUpdated", + "Etag": "etag", +} + +// SetAttrSelection makes the query populate only specific attributes of +// objects. When iterating over objects, if you only need each object's name +// and size, pass []string{"Name", "Size"} to this method. Only these fields +// will be fetched for each object across the network; the other fields of +// ObjectAttr will remain at their default values. This is a performance +// optimization; for more information, see +// https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/json_api/v1/how-tos/performance +func (q *Query) SetAttrSelection(attrs []string) error { + fieldSet := make(map[string]bool) + + for _, attr := range attrs { + field, ok := attrToFieldMap[attr] + if !ok { + return fmt.Errorf("storage: attr %v is not valid", attr) + } + fieldSet[field] = true + } + + if len(fieldSet) > 0 { + var b strings.Builder + b.WriteString("items(") + first := true + for field := range fieldSet { + if !first { + b.WriteString(",") + } + first = false + b.WriteString(field) + } + b.WriteString(")") + q.fieldSelection = b.String() + } + return nil } // Conditions constrain methods to act on specific generations of diff --git a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/tidyall.sh b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/tidyall.sh index 20c362e7b..e9bc9d6a3 100644 --- a/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/tidyall.sh +++ b/vendor/cloud.google.com/go/tidyall.sh @@ -18,6 +18,11 @@ go mod tidy for i in `find . -name go.mod`; do pushd `dirname $i`; + # Update genproto and api to latest for every module (latest version is + # always correct version). tidy will remove the dependencies if they're not + # actually used by the client. + go get -u google.golang.org/api + go get -u google.golang.org/genproto go mod tidy; popd; done diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/path_value.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/path_value.go index 285e54d67..a4eb6a7f4 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/path_value.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil/path_value.go @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ func rValuesAtPath(v interface{}, path string, createPath, caseSensitive, nilTer value = value.FieldByNameFunc(func(name string) bool { if c == name { return true - } else if !caseSensitive && strings.ToLower(name) == strings.ToLower(c) { + } else if !caseSensitive && strings.EqualFold(name, c) { return true } return false diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/config.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/config.go index 8a7699b96..93ebbcc13 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/config.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/config.go @@ -249,6 +249,9 @@ type Config struct { // STSRegionalEndpoint will enable regional or legacy endpoint resolving STSRegionalEndpoint endpoints.STSRegionalEndpoint + + // S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint will enable regional or legacy endpoint resolving + S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint endpoints.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint } // NewConfig returns a new Config pointer that can be chained with builder @@ -430,6 +433,13 @@ func (c *Config) WithSTSRegionalEndpoint(sre endpoints.STSRegionalEndpoint) *Con return c } +// WithS3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint will set whether or not to use regional endpoint flag +// when resolving the endpoint for a service +func (c *Config) WithS3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint(sre endpoints.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint) *Config { + c.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint = sre + return c +} + func mergeInConfig(dst *Config, other *Config) { if other == nil { return @@ -534,6 +544,10 @@ func mergeInConfig(dst *Config, other *Config) { if other.STSRegionalEndpoint != endpoints.UnsetSTSEndpoint { dst.STSRegionalEndpoint = other.STSRegionalEndpoint } + + if other.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint != endpoints.UnsetS3UsEast1Endpoint { + dst.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint = other.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint + } } // Copy will return a shallow copy of the Config object. If any additional diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/decode.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/decode.go index 87b9ff3ff..343a2106f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/decode.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/decode.go @@ -83,6 +83,7 @@ func decodeV3Endpoints(modelDef modelDefinition, opts DecodeModelOptions) (Resol p := &ps[i] custAddEC2Metadata(p) custAddS3DualStack(p) + custRegionalS3(p) custRmIotDataService(p) custFixAppAutoscalingChina(p) custFixAppAutoscalingUsGov(p) @@ -100,6 +101,33 @@ func custAddS3DualStack(p *partition) { custAddDualstack(p, "s3-control") } +func custRegionalS3(p *partition) { + if p.ID != "aws" { + return + } + + service, ok := p.Services["s3"] + if !ok { + return + } + + // If global endpoint already exists no customization needed. + if _, ok := service.Endpoints["aws-global"]; ok { + return + } + + service.PartitionEndpoint = "aws-global" + service.Endpoints["us-east-1"] = endpoint{} + service.Endpoints["aws-global"] = endpoint{ + Hostname: "s3.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-1", + }, + } + + p.Services["s3"] = service +} + func custAddDualstack(p *partition, svcName string) { s, ok := p.Services[svcName] if !ok { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/defaults.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/defaults.go index a780448a5..de07715d5 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/defaults.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/defaults.go @@ -210,6 +210,7 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, "me-south-1": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-2": endpoint{}, "us-west-1": endpoint{}, @@ -525,6 +526,7 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "me-south-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-2": endpoint{}, "us-west-1": endpoint{}, @@ -1102,6 +1104,22 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ "us-west-2": endpoint{}, }, }, + "dataexchange": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, + "us-east-2": endpoint{}, + "us-west-1": endpoint{}, + "us-west-2": endpoint{}, + }, + }, "datapipeline": service{ Endpoints: endpoints{ @@ -1164,6 +1182,8 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-2": endpoint{}, @@ -1675,6 +1695,7 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "me-south-1": endpoint{}, "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-2": endpoint{}, @@ -1689,11 +1710,16 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ Endpoints: endpoints{ "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, + "eu-north-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, + "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-2": endpoint{}, "us-west-1": endpoint{}, @@ -2166,6 +2192,9 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ Endpoints: endpoints{ "ap-northeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{}, "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-2": endpoint{}, @@ -2580,6 +2609,65 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ }, }, }, + "oidc": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "oidc.ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "ap-southeast-1", + }, + }, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{ + Hostname: "oidc.ap-southeast-2.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "ap-southeast-2", + }, + }, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "oidc.ca-central-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "ca-central-1", + }, + }, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "oidc.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "eu-central-1", + }, + }, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "oidc.eu-west-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "eu-west-1", + }, + }, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{ + Hostname: "oidc.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "eu-west-2", + }, + }, + "us-east-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "oidc.us-east-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-1", + }, + }, + "us-east-2": endpoint{ + Hostname: "oidc.us-east-2.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-2", + }, + }, + "us-west-2": endpoint{ + Hostname: "oidc.us-west-2.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-west-2", + }, + }, + }, + }, "opsworks": service{ Endpoints: endpoints{ @@ -2663,6 +2751,65 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ "us-west-2": endpoint{}, }, }, + "portal.sso": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "portal.sso.ap-southeast-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "ap-southeast-1", + }, + }, + "ap-southeast-2": endpoint{ + Hostname: "portal.sso.ap-southeast-2.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "ap-southeast-2", + }, + }, + "ca-central-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "portal.sso.ca-central-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "ca-central-1", + }, + }, + "eu-central-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "portal.sso.eu-central-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "eu-central-1", + }, + }, + "eu-west-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "portal.sso.eu-west-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "eu-west-1", + }, + }, + "eu-west-2": endpoint{ + Hostname: "portal.sso.eu-west-2.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "eu-west-2", + }, + }, + "us-east-1": endpoint{ + Hostname: "portal.sso.us-east-1.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-1", + }, + }, + "us-east-2": endpoint{ + Hostname: "portal.sso.us-east-2.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-2", + }, + }, + "us-west-2": endpoint{ + Hostname: "portal.sso.us-west-2.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-west-2", + }, + }, + }, + }, "projects.iot1click": service{ Endpoints: endpoints{ @@ -2929,7 +3076,7 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ }, }, "s3": service{ - PartitionEndpoint: "us-east-1", + PartitionEndpoint: "aws-global", IsRegionalized: boxedTrue, Defaults: endpoint{ Protocols: []string{"http", "https"}, @@ -2954,6 +3101,12 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ Hostname: "s3.ap-southeast-2.amazonaws.com", SignatureVersions: []string{"s3", "s3v4"}, }, + "aws-global": endpoint{ + Hostname: "s3.amazonaws.com", + CredentialScope: credentialScope{ + Region: "us-east-1", + }, + }, "ca-central-1": endpoint{}, "eu-central-1": endpoint{}, "eu-north-1": endpoint{}, @@ -2975,10 +3128,7 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ Hostname: "s3.sa-east-1.amazonaws.com", SignatureVersions: []string{"s3", "s3v4"}, }, - "us-east-1": endpoint{ - Hostname: "s3.amazonaws.com", - SignatureVersions: []string{"s3", "s3v4"}, - }, + "us-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-2": endpoint{}, "us-west-1": endpoint{ Hostname: "s3.us-west-1.amazonaws.com", @@ -3761,6 +3911,7 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ Protocols: []string{"https"}, }, Endpoints: endpoints{ + "ap-east-1": endpoint{}, "ap-northeast-2": endpoint{}, "ap-south-1": endpoint{}, "ap-southeast-1": endpoint{}, @@ -3770,6 +3921,7 @@ var awsPartition = partition{ "eu-west-1": endpoint{}, "eu-west-2": endpoint{}, "eu-west-3": endpoint{}, + "me-south-1": endpoint{}, "sa-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-1": endpoint{}, "us-east-2": endpoint{}, @@ -4078,6 +4230,12 @@ var awscnPartition = partition{ "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, }, }, + "dax": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, "directconnect": service{ Endpoints: endpoints{ @@ -4465,6 +4623,12 @@ var awscnPartition = partition{ }, }, }, + "workspaces": service{ + + Endpoints: endpoints{ + "cn-northwest-1": endpoint{}, + }, + }, }, } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/endpoints.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/endpoints.go index fadff07d6..1f53d9cb6 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/endpoints.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/endpoints.go @@ -50,12 +50,28 @@ type Options struct { // STS Regional Endpoint flag helps with resolving the STS endpoint STSRegionalEndpoint STSRegionalEndpoint + + // S3 Regional Endpoint flag helps with resolving the S3 endpoint + S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint } -// STSRegionalEndpoint is an enum type alias for int -// It is used internally by the core sdk as STS Regional Endpoint flag value +// STSRegionalEndpoint is an enum for the states of the STS Regional Endpoint +// options. type STSRegionalEndpoint int +func (e STSRegionalEndpoint) String() string { + switch e { + case LegacySTSEndpoint: + return "legacy" + case RegionalSTSEndpoint: + return "regional" + case UnsetSTSEndpoint: + return "" + default: + return "unknown" + } +} + const ( // UnsetSTSEndpoint represents that STS Regional Endpoint flag is not specified. @@ -86,6 +102,55 @@ func GetSTSRegionalEndpoint(s string) (STSRegionalEndpoint, error) { } } +// S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint is an enum for the states of the S3 us-east-1 +// Regional Endpoint options. +type S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint int + +func (e S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint) String() string { + switch e { + case LegacyS3UsEast1Endpoint: + return "legacy" + case RegionalS3UsEast1Endpoint: + return "regional" + case UnsetS3UsEast1Endpoint: + return "" + default: + return "unknown" + } +} + +const ( + + // UnsetS3UsEast1Endpoint represents that S3 Regional Endpoint flag is not + // specified. + UnsetS3UsEast1Endpoint S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint = iota + + // LegacyS3UsEast1Endpoint represents when S3 Regional Endpoint flag is + // specified to use legacy endpoints. + LegacyS3UsEast1Endpoint + + // RegionalS3UsEast1Endpoint represents when S3 Regional Endpoint flag is + // specified to use regional endpoints. + RegionalS3UsEast1Endpoint +) + +// GetS3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint function returns the S3UsEast1RegionalEndpointFlag based +// on the input string provided in env config or shared config by the user. +// +// `legacy`, `regional` are the only case-insensitive valid strings for +// resolving the S3 regional Endpoint flag. +func GetS3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint(s string) (S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint, error) { + switch { + case strings.EqualFold(s, "legacy"): + return LegacyS3UsEast1Endpoint, nil + case strings.EqualFold(s, "regional"): + return RegionalS3UsEast1Endpoint, nil + default: + return UnsetS3UsEast1Endpoint, + fmt.Errorf("unable to resolve the value of S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint for %v", s) + } +} + // Set combines all of the option functions together. func (o *Options) Set(optFns ...func(*Options)) { for _, fn := range optFns { diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/legacy_regions.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/legacy_regions.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df75e899a --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/legacy_regions.go @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +package endpoints + +var legacyGlobalRegions = map[string]map[string]struct{}{ + "sts": { + "ap-northeast-1": {}, + "ap-south-1": {}, + "ap-southeast-1": {}, + "ap-southeast-2": {}, + "ca-central-1": {}, + "eu-central-1": {}, + "eu-north-1": {}, + "eu-west-1": {}, + "eu-west-2": {}, + "eu-west-3": {}, + "sa-east-1": {}, + "us-east-1": {}, + "us-east-2": {}, + "us-west-1": {}, + "us-west-2": {}, + }, + "s3": { + "us-east-1": {}, + }, +} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/sts_legacy_regions.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/sts_legacy_regions.go deleted file mode 100644 index 261396219..000000000 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/sts_legacy_regions.go +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -package endpoints - -var stsLegacyGlobalRegions = map[string]struct{}{ - "ap-northeast-1": {}, - "ap-south-1": {}, - "ap-southeast-1": {}, - "ap-southeast-2": {}, - "ca-central-1": {}, - "eu-central-1": {}, - "eu-north-1": {}, - "eu-west-1": {}, - "eu-west-2": {}, - "eu-west-3": {}, - "sa-east-1": {}, - "us-east-1": {}, - "us-east-2": {}, - "us-west-1": {}, - "us-west-2": {}, -} diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/v3model.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/v3model.go index 7b09adff6..eb2ac83c9 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/v3model.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/endpoints/v3model.go @@ -110,8 +110,9 @@ func (p partition) EndpointFor(service, region string, opts ...func(*Options)) ( region = s.PartitionEndpoint } - if service == "sts" && opt.STSRegionalEndpoint != RegionalSTSEndpoint { - if _, ok := stsLegacyGlobalRegions[region]; ok { + if (service == "sts" && opt.STSRegionalEndpoint != RegionalSTSEndpoint) || + (service == "s3" && opt.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint != RegionalS3UsEast1Endpoint) { + if _, ok := legacyGlobalRegions[service][region]; ok { region = "aws-global" } } @@ -240,20 +241,6 @@ func (e endpoint) resolve(service, partitionID, region, dnsSuffix string, defs [ merged.mergeIn(e) e = merged - hostname := e.Hostname - - // Offset the hostname for dualstack if enabled - if opts.UseDualStack && e.HasDualStack == boxedTrue { - hostname = e.DualStackHostname - } - - u := strings.Replace(hostname, "{service}", service, 1) - u = strings.Replace(u, "{region}", region, 1) - u = strings.Replace(u, "{dnsSuffix}", dnsSuffix, 1) - - scheme := getEndpointScheme(e.Protocols, opts.DisableSSL) - u = fmt.Sprintf("%s://%s", scheme, u) - signingRegion := e.CredentialScope.Region if len(signingRegion) == 0 { signingRegion = region @@ -266,6 +253,20 @@ func (e endpoint) resolve(service, partitionID, region, dnsSuffix string, defs [ signingNameDerived = true } + hostname := e.Hostname + // Offset the hostname for dualstack if enabled + if opts.UseDualStack && e.HasDualStack == boxedTrue { + hostname = e.DualStackHostname + region = signingRegion + } + + u := strings.Replace(hostname, "{service}", service, 1) + u = strings.Replace(u, "{region}", region, 1) + u = strings.Replace(u, "{dnsSuffix}", dnsSuffix, 1) + + scheme := getEndpointScheme(e.Protocols, opts.DisableSSL) + u = fmt.Sprintf("%s://%s", scheme, u) + return ResolvedEndpoint{ URL: u, PartitionID: partitionID, diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request.go index 8e332cce6..52178141d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request.go @@ -99,8 +99,12 @@ type Operation struct { BeforePresignFn func(r *Request) error } -// New returns a new Request pointer for the service API -// operation and parameters. +// New returns a new Request pointer for the service API operation and +// parameters. +// +// A Retryer should be provided to direct how the request is retried. If +// Retryer is nil, a default no retry value will be used. You can use +// NoOpRetryer in the Client package to disable retry behavior directly. // // Params is any value of input parameters to be the request payload. // Data is pointer value to an object which the request's response @@ -108,6 +112,10 @@ type Operation struct { func New(cfg aws.Config, clientInfo metadata.ClientInfo, handlers Handlers, retryer Retryer, operation *Operation, params interface{}, data interface{}) *Request { + if retryer == nil { + retryer = noOpRetryer{} + } + method := operation.HTTPMethod if method == "" { method = "POST" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_pagination.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_pagination.go index f093fc542..64784e16f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_pagination.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/request_pagination.go @@ -17,11 +17,13 @@ import ( // does the pagination between API operations, and Paginator defines the // configuration that will be used per page request. // -// cont := true -// for p.Next() && cont { +// for p.Next() { // data := p.Page().(*s3.ListObjectsOutput) // // process the page's data +// // ... +// // break out of loop to stop fetching additional pages // } +// // return p.Err() // // See service client API operation Pages methods for examples how the SDK will diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/retryer.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/retryer.go index e84084da5..8015acc67 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/retryer.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request/retryer.go @@ -35,10 +35,41 @@ type Retryer interface { } // WithRetryer sets a Retryer value to the given Config returning the Config -// value for chaining. +// value for chaining. The value must not be nil. func WithRetryer(cfg *aws.Config, retryer Retryer) *aws.Config { + if retryer == nil { + if cfg.Logger != nil { + cfg.Logger.Log("ERROR: Request.WithRetryer called with nil retryer. Replacing with retry disabled Retryer.") + } + retryer = noOpRetryer{} + } cfg.Retryer = retryer return cfg + +} + +// noOpRetryer is a internal no op retryer used when a request is created +// without a retryer. +// +// Provides a retryer that performs no retries. +// It should be used when we do not want retries to be performed. +type noOpRetryer struct{} + +// MaxRetries returns the number of maximum returns the service will use to make +// an individual API; For NoOpRetryer the MaxRetries will always be zero. +func (d noOpRetryer) MaxRetries() int { + return 0 +} + +// ShouldRetry will always return false for NoOpRetryer, as it should never retry. +func (d noOpRetryer) ShouldRetry(_ *Request) bool { + return false +} + +// RetryRules returns the delay duration before retrying this request again; +// since NoOpRetryer does not retry, RetryRules always returns 0. +func (d noOpRetryer) RetryRules(_ *Request) time.Duration { + return 0 } // retryableCodes is a collection of service response codes which are retry-able diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/credentials.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/credentials.go index 7713ccfca..cc64e24f1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/credentials.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/credentials.go @@ -47,10 +47,10 @@ func resolveCredentials(cfg *aws.Config, } // WebIdentityEmptyRoleARNErr will occur if 'AWS_WEB_IDENTITY_TOKEN_FILE' was set but -// 'AWS_IAM_ROLE_ARN' was not set. +// 'AWS_ROLE_ARN' was not set. var WebIdentityEmptyRoleARNErr = awserr.New(stscreds.ErrCodeWebIdentity, "role ARN is not set", nil) -// WebIdentityEmptyTokenFilePathErr will occur if 'AWS_IAM_ROLE_ARN' was set but +// WebIdentityEmptyTokenFilePathErr will occur if 'AWS_ROLE_ARN' was set but // 'AWS_WEB_IDENTITY_TOKEN_FILE' was not set. var WebIdentityEmptyTokenFilePathErr = awserr.New(stscreds.ErrCodeWebIdentity, "token file path is not set", nil) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/env_config.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/env_config.go index 530cc3a9c..4092ab8fb 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/env_config.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/env_config.go @@ -128,11 +128,19 @@ type envConfig struct { // AWS_ROLE_SESSION_NAME=session_name RoleSessionName string - // Specifies the Regional Endpoint flag for the sdk to resolve the endpoint for a service + // Specifies the STS Regional Endpoint flag for the SDK to resolve the endpoint + // for a service. // - // AWS_STS_REGIONAL_ENDPOINTS =sts_regional_endpoint + // AWS_STS_REGIONAL_ENDPOINTS=regional // This can take value as `regional` or `legacy` STSRegionalEndpoint endpoints.STSRegionalEndpoint + + // Specifies the S3 Regional Endpoint flag for the SDK to resolve the + // endpoint for a service. + // + // AWS_S3_US_EAST_1_REGIONAL_ENDPOINT=regional + // This can take value as `regional` or `legacy` + S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint endpoints.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint } var ( @@ -190,6 +198,9 @@ var ( stsRegionalEndpointKey = []string{ "AWS_STS_REGIONAL_ENDPOINTS", } + s3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint = []string{ + "AWS_S3_US_EAST_1_REGIONAL_ENDPOINT", + } ) // loadEnvConfig retrieves the SDK's environment configuration. @@ -275,14 +286,24 @@ func envConfigLoad(enableSharedConfig bool) (envConfig, error) { cfg.CustomCABundle = os.Getenv("AWS_CA_BUNDLE") + var err error // STS Regional Endpoint variable for _, k := range stsRegionalEndpointKey { if v := os.Getenv(k); len(v) != 0 { - STSRegionalEndpoint, err := endpoints.GetSTSRegionalEndpoint(v) + cfg.STSRegionalEndpoint, err = endpoints.GetSTSRegionalEndpoint(v) + if err != nil { + return cfg, fmt.Errorf("failed to load, %v from env config, %v", k, err) + } + } + } + + // S3 Regional Endpoint variable + for _, k := range s3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint { + if v := os.Getenv(k); len(v) != 0 { + cfg.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint, err = endpoints.GetS3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint(v) if err != nil { return cfg, fmt.Errorf("failed to load, %v from env config, %v", k, err) } - cfg.STSRegionalEndpoint = STSRegionalEndpoint } } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/session.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/session.go index 15fa64769..ab6daac7c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/session.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/session.go @@ -555,7 +555,20 @@ func mergeConfigSrcs(cfg, userCfg *aws.Config, } // Regional Endpoint flag for STS endpoint resolving - mergeSTSRegionalEndpointConfig(cfg, envCfg, sharedCfg) + mergeSTSRegionalEndpointConfig(cfg, []endpoints.STSRegionalEndpoint{ + userCfg.STSRegionalEndpoint, + envCfg.STSRegionalEndpoint, + sharedCfg.STSRegionalEndpoint, + endpoints.LegacySTSEndpoint, + }) + + // Regional Endpoint flag for S3 endpoint resolving + mergeS3UsEast1RegionalEndpointConfig(cfg, []endpoints.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint{ + userCfg.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint, + envCfg.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint, + sharedCfg.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint, + endpoints.LegacyS3UsEast1Endpoint, + }) // Configure credentials if not already set by the user when creating the // Session. @@ -570,20 +583,22 @@ func mergeConfigSrcs(cfg, userCfg *aws.Config, return nil } -// mergeSTSRegionalEndpointConfig function merges the STSRegionalEndpoint into cfg from -// envConfig and SharedConfig with envConfig being given precedence over SharedConfig -func mergeSTSRegionalEndpointConfig(cfg *aws.Config, envCfg envConfig, sharedCfg sharedConfig) error { - - cfg.STSRegionalEndpoint = envCfg.STSRegionalEndpoint - - if cfg.STSRegionalEndpoint == endpoints.UnsetSTSEndpoint { - cfg.STSRegionalEndpoint = sharedCfg.STSRegionalEndpoint +func mergeSTSRegionalEndpointConfig(cfg *aws.Config, values []endpoints.STSRegionalEndpoint) { + for _, v := range values { + if v != endpoints.UnsetSTSEndpoint { + cfg.STSRegionalEndpoint = v + break + } } +} - if cfg.STSRegionalEndpoint == endpoints.UnsetSTSEndpoint { - cfg.STSRegionalEndpoint = endpoints.LegacySTSEndpoint +func mergeS3UsEast1RegionalEndpointConfig(cfg *aws.Config, values []endpoints.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint) { + for _, v := range values { + if v != endpoints.UnsetS3UsEast1Endpoint { + cfg.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint = v + break + } } - return nil } func initHandlers(s *Session) { @@ -653,6 +668,11 @@ func (s *Session) resolveEndpoint(service, region string, cfg *aws.Config) (endp // precedence. opt.STSRegionalEndpoint = cfg.STSRegionalEndpoint + // Support for S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint where the S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint is + // provided in envConfig or sharedConfig with envConfig getting + // precedence. + opt.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint = cfg.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint + // Support the condition where the service is modeled but its // endpoint metadata is not available. opt.ResolveUnknownService = true diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/shared_config.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/shared_config.go index 857466896..1d7b049cf 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/shared_config.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/session/shared_config.go @@ -44,6 +44,9 @@ const ( // Additional config fields for regional or legacy endpoints stsRegionalEndpointSharedKey = `sts_regional_endpoints` + // Additional config fields for regional or legacy endpoints + s3UsEast1RegionalSharedKey = `s3_us_east_1_regional_endpoint` + // DefaultSharedConfigProfile is the default profile to be used when // loading configuration from the config files if another profile name // is not provided. @@ -92,11 +95,17 @@ type sharedConfig struct { CSMPort string CSMClientID string - // Specifies the Regional Endpoint flag for the sdk to resolve the endpoint for a service + // Specifies the Regional Endpoint flag for the SDK to resolve the endpoint for a service // - // sts_regional_endpoints = sts_regional_endpoint + // sts_regional_endpoints = regional // This can take value as `LegacySTSEndpoint` or `RegionalSTSEndpoint` STSRegionalEndpoint endpoints.STSRegionalEndpoint + + // Specifies the Regional Endpoint flag for the SDK to resolve the endpoint for a service + // + // s3_us_east_1_regional_endpoint = regional + // This can take value as `LegacyS3UsEast1Endpoint` or `RegionalS3UsEast1Endpoint` + S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint endpoints.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint } type sharedConfigFile struct { @@ -259,10 +268,19 @@ func (cfg *sharedConfig) setFromIniFile(profile string, file sharedConfigFile, e sre, err := endpoints.GetSTSRegionalEndpoint(v) if err != nil { return fmt.Errorf("failed to load %s from shared config, %s, %v", - stsRegionalEndpointKey, file.Filename, err) + stsRegionalEndpointSharedKey, file.Filename, err) } cfg.STSRegionalEndpoint = sre } + + if v := section.String(s3UsEast1RegionalSharedKey); len(v) != 0 { + sre, err := endpoints.GetS3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint(v) + if err != nil { + return fmt.Errorf("failed to load %s from shared config, %s, %v", + s3UsEast1RegionalSharedKey, file.Filename, err) + } + cfg.S3UsEast1RegionalEndpoint = sre + } } updateString(&cfg.CredentialProcess, section, credentialProcessKey) diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go index 1cc1d8e7d..14898362c 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/version.go @@ -5,4 +5,4 @@ package aws const SDKName = "aws-sdk-go" // SDKVersion is the version of this SDK -const SDKVersion = "1.25.29" +const SDKVersion = "1.25.37" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/api.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/api.go index 04a928640..630237b99 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/api.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/api.go @@ -66,12 +66,32 @@ func (c *S3) AbortMultipartUploadRequest(input *AbortMultipartUploadInput) (req // AbortMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Aborts a multipart upload. +// This operation aborts a multipart upload. After a multipart upload is aborted, +// no additional parts can be uploaded using that upload ID. The storage consumed +// by any previously uploaded parts will be freed. However, if any part uploads +// are currently in progress, those part uploads might or might not succeed. +// As a result, it might be necessary to abort a given multipart upload multiple +// times in order to completely free all storage consumed by all parts. // // To verify that all parts have been removed, so you don't get charged for -// the part storage, you should call the List Parts operation and ensure the +// the part storage, you should call the ListParts operation and ensure the // parts list is empty. // +// For information on permissions required to use the multipart upload API, +// see Multipart Upload API and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html). +// +// The following operations are related to AbortMultipartUpload +// +// * CreateMultipartUpload +// +// * UploadPart +// +// * CompleteMultipartUpload +// +// * ListParts +// +// * ListMultipartUploads +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -151,6 +171,64 @@ func (c *S3) CompleteMultipartUploadRequest(input *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) // // Completes a multipart upload by assembling previously uploaded parts. // +// You first initiate the multipart upload and then upload all parts using the +// UploadPart operation. After successfully uploading all relevant parts of +// an upload, you call this operation to complete the upload. Upon receiving +// this request, Amazon S3 concatenates all the parts in ascending order by +// part number to create a new object. In the Complete Multipart Upload request, +// you must provide the parts list. You must ensure the parts list is complete, +// this operation concatenates the parts you provide in the list. For each part +// in the list, you must provide the part number and the ETag value, returned +// after that part was uploaded. +// +// Processing of a Complete Multipart Upload request could take several minutes +// to complete. After Amazon S3 begins processing the request, it sends an HTTP +// response header that specifies a 200 OK response. While processing is in +// progress, Amazon S3 periodically sends whitespace characters to keep the +// connection from timing out. Because a request could fail after the initial +// 200 OK response has been sent, it is important that you check the response +// body to determine whether the request succeeded. +// +// Note that if CompleteMultipartUpload fails, applications should be prepared +// to retry the failed requests. For more information, see Amazon S3 Error Best +// Practices (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ErrorBestPractices.html). +// +// For more information on multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart +// Upload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html). +// +// For information on permissions required to use the multipart upload API, +// see Multipart Upload API and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html). +// +// GetBucketLifecycle has the following special errors: +// +// * Error code: EntityTooSmall Description: Your proposed upload is smaller +// than the minimum allowed object size. Each part must be at least 5 MB +// in size, except the last part. 400 Bad Request +// +// * Error code: InvalidPart Description: One or more of the specified parts +// could not be found. The part might not have been uploaded, or the specified +// entity tag might not have matched the part's entity tag. 400 Bad Request +// +// * Error code: InvalidPartOrder Description: The list of parts was not +// in ascending order. The parts list must be specified in order by part +// number. 400 Bad Request +// +// * Error code: NoSuchUpload Description: The specified multipart upload +// does not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload +// might have been aborted or completed. 404 Not Found +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration: +// +// * CreateMultipartUpload +// +// * UploadPart +// +// * AbortMultipartUpload +// +// * ListParts +// +// * ListMultipartUploads +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -225,6 +303,189 @@ func (c *S3) CopyObjectRequest(input *CopyObjectInput) (req *request.Request, ou // // Creates a copy of an object that is already stored in Amazon S3. // +// You can store individual objects of up to 5 TB in Amazon S3. You create a +// copy of your object up to 5 GB in size in a single atomic operation using +// this API. However, for copying an object greater than 5 GB, you must use +// the multipart upload Upload Part - Copy API. For conceptual information, +// see Copy Object Using the REST Multipart Upload API (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/CopyingObjctsUsingRESTMPUapi.html). +// +// When copying an object, you can preserve all metadata (default) or specify +// new metadata. However, the ACL is not preserved and is set to private for +// the user making the request. To override the default ACL setting, specify +// a new ACL when generating a copy request. For more information, see Using +// ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html). +// +// Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration does not support cross-region copies. If +// you request a cross-region copy using a Transfer Acceleration endpoint, you +// get a 400 Bad Request error. For more information about transfer acceleration, +// see Transfer Acceleration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html). +// +// All copy requests must be authenticated. Additionally, you must have read +// access to the source object and write access to the destination bucket. For +// more information, see REST Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html). +// Both the Region that you want to copy the object from and the Region that +// you want to copy the object to must be enabled for your account. +// +// To only copy an object under certain conditions, such as whether the Etag +// matches or whether the object was modified before or after a specified date, +// use the request parameters x-amz-copy-source-if-match, x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match, +// x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since, or x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since. +// +// All headers with the x-amz- prefix, including x-amz-copy-source, must be +// signed. +// +// You can use this operation to change the storage class of an object that +// is already stored in Amazon S3 using the StorageClass parameter. For more +// information, see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html). +// +// The source object that you are copying can be encrypted or unencrypted. If +// the source object is encrypted, it can be encrypted by server-side encryption +// using AWS-managed encryption keys or by using a customer-provided encryption +// key. When copying an object, you can request that Amazon S3 encrypt the target +// object by using either the AWS-managed encryption keys or by using your own +// encryption key. You can do this regardless of the form of server-side encryption +// that was used to encrypt the source, or even if the source object was not +// encrypted. For more information about server-side encryption, see Using Server-Side +// Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingServerSideEncryption.html). +// +// A copy request might return an error when Amazon S3 receives the copy request +// or while Amazon S3 is copying the files. If the error occurs before the copy +// operation starts, you receive a standard Amazon S3 error. If the error occurs +// during the copy operation, the error response is embedded in the 200 OK response. +// This means that a 200 OK response can contain either a success or an error. +// Design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle +// it appropriately. +// +// If the copy is successful, you receive a response with information about +// the copied object. +// +// If the request is an HTTP 1.1 request, the response is chunk encoded. If +// it were not, it would not contain the content-length, and you would need +// to read the entire body. +// +// Consider the following when using request headers: +// +// * Consideration 1 – If both the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since +// headers are present in the request and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 +// returns 200 OK and copies the data: x-amz-copy-source-if-match condition +// evaluates to true x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since condition evaluates +// to false +// +// * Consideration 2 – If both of the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and +// x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since headers are present in the request +// and evaluate as follows, Amazon S3 returns the 412 Precondition Failed +// response code: x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match condition evaluates to +// false x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since condition evaluates to true +// +// The copy request charge is based on the storage class and Region you specify +// for the destination object. For pricing information, see Amazon S3 Pricing +// (https://aws.amazon.com/s3/pricing/). +// +// Following are other considerations when using CopyObject: +// +// Versioning +// +// By default, x-amz-copy-source identifies the current version of an object +// to copy. (If the current version is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves as +// if the object was deleted.) To copy a different version, use the versionId +// subresource. +// +// If you enable versioning on the target bucket, Amazon S3 generates a unique +// version ID for the object being copied. This version ID is different from +// the version ID of the source object. Amazon S3 returns the version ID of +// the copied object in the x-amz-version-id response header in the response. +// +// If you do not enable versioning or suspend it on the target bucket, the version +// ID that Amazon S3 generates is always null. +// +// If the source object's storage class is GLACIER, then you must restore a +// copy of this object before you can use it as a source object for the copy +// operation. For more information, see . +// +// Access Permissions +// +// When copying an object, you can optionally specify the accounts or groups +// that should be granted specific permissions on the new object. There are +// two ways to grant the permissions using the request headers: +// +// * Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. For more information, +// see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL). +// +// * Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, +// x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. These parameters +// map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more +// information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html). +// +// You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. +// You cannot do both. +// +// Server-Side- Encryption-Specific Request Headers +// +// To encrypt the target object, you must provide the appropriate encryption-related +// request headers. The one you use depends on whether you want to use AWS-managed +// encryption keys or provide your own encryption key. +// +// * To encrypt the target object using server-side encryption with an AWS-managed +// encryption key, provide the following request headers, as appropriate. +// x-amz-server-side​-encryption x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id +// x-amz-server-side-encryption-context If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, +// but don't provide x-amz-server-side- encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon +// S3 uses the AWS managed customer master key (CMK) in KMS to protect the +// data. All GET and PUT requests for an object protected by AWS KMS fail +// if you don't make them with SSL or by using SigV4. For more information +// on Server-Side Encryption with CMKs stored in Amazon KMS (SSE-KMS), see +// Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with CMKs stored in KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingKMSEncryption.html). +// +// * To encrypt the target object using server-side encryption with an encryption +// key that you provide, use the following headers. x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm +// x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-key x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-key-MD5 +// +// * If the source object is encrypted using server-side encryption with +// customer-provided encryption keys, you must use the following headers. +// x-amz-copy-source​-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm x-amz-copy-source​-server-side​-encryption​-customer-key +// x-amz-copy-source-​server-side​-encryption​-customer-key-MD5 For +// more information on Server-Side Encryption with CMKs stored in Amazon +// KMS (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with CMKs +// stored in Amazon KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingKMSEncryption.html). +// +// Access-Control-List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers +// +// You also can use the following access control–related headers with this +// operation. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access +// control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual +// AWS accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions +// are then added to the Access Control List (ACL) on the object. For more information, +// see Using ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html). +// With this operation, you can grant access permissions using one of the following +// two methods: +// +// * Specify a canned ACL (x-amz-acl) — Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined +// ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees +// and permissions. For more information, see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL). +// +// * Specify access permissions explicitly — To explicitly grant access +// permissions to specific AWS accounts or groups, use the following headers. +// Each header maps to specific permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an +// ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html). +// In the header, you specify a list of grantees who get the specific permission. +// To grant permissions explicitly use: x-amz-grant-read x-amz-grant-write +// x-amz-grant-read-acp x-amz-grant-write-acp x-amz-grant-full-control You +// specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the +// following: emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address +// of an AWS account id – if the value specified is the canonical user +// ID of an AWS account uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined +// group For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the AWS +// accounts identified by email addresses permissions to read object data +// and its metadata: x-amz-grant-read: emailAddress="xyz@amazon.com", emailAddress="abc@amazon.com" +// +// The following operation are related to CopyObject +// +// * PutObject +// +// * GetObject +// +// For more information, see Copying Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/CopyingObjectsExamples.html). +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -303,7 +564,60 @@ func (c *S3) CreateBucketRequest(input *CreateBucketInput) (req *request.Request // CreateBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Creates a new bucket. +// Creates a new bucket. To create a bucket, you must register with Amazon S3 +// and have a valid AWS Access Key ID to authenticate requests. Anonymous requests +// are never allowed to create buckets. By creating the bucket, you become the +// bucket owner. +// +// Not every string is an acceptable bucket name. For information on bucket +// naming restrictions, see Working with Amazon S3 Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingBucket.html). +// +// By default, the bucket is created in the US East (N. Virginia) region. You +// can optionally specify a region in the request body. You might choose a region +// to optimize latency, minimize costs, or address regulatory requirements. +// For example, if you reside in Europe, you will probably find it advantageous +// to create buckets in the EU (Ireland) region. For more information, see How +// to Select a Region for Your Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingBucket.html#access-bucket-intro). +// +// If you send your create bucket request to the s3.amazonaws.com endpoint, +// the request go to the us-east-1 region. Accordingly, the signature calculations +// in Signature Version 4 must use us-east-1 as region, even if the location +// constraint in the request specifies another region where the bucket is to +// be created. If you create a bucket in a region other than US East (N. Virginia) +// region, your application must be able to handle 307 redirect. For more information, +// see Virtual Hosting of Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/VirtualHosting.html). +// +// When creating a bucket using this operation, you can optionally specify the +// accounts or groups that should be granted specific permissions on the bucket. +// There are two ways to grant the appropriate permissions using the request +// headers. +// +// * Specify a canned ACL using the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports +// a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a +// predefined set of grantees and permissions. For more information, see +// Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL). +// +// * Specify access permissions explicitly using the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-write, +// x-amz-grant-read-acp, x-amz-grant-write-acp, x-amz-grant-full-control +// headers. These headers map to the set of permissions Amazon S3 supports +// in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html). You +// specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the +// following: emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address +// of an AWS account id – if the value specified is the canonical user +// ID of an AWS account uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined +// group For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the AWS +// accounts identified by email addresses permissions to read object data +// and its metadata: x-amz-grant-read: emailAddress="xyz@amazon.com", emailAddress="abc@amazon.com" +// +// You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. +// You cannot do both. +// +// The following operations are related to CreateBucket: +// +// * PutObject +// +// * DeleteBucket // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -318,6 +632,11 @@ func (c *S3) CreateBucketRequest(input *CreateBucketInput) (req *request.Request // by all users of the system. Please select a different name and try again. // // * ErrCodeBucketAlreadyOwnedByYou "BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou" +// The bucket you tried to create already exists, and you own it. Amazon S3 +// returns this error in all AWS Regions except in the North Virginia region. +// For legacy compatibility, if you re-create an existing bucket that you already +// own in the North Virginia region, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and resets the +// bucket access control lists (ACLs). // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/s3-2006-03-01/CreateBucket func (c *S3) CreateBucket(input *CreateBucketInput) (*CreateBucketOutput, error) { @@ -385,13 +704,146 @@ func (c *S3) CreateMultipartUploadRequest(input *CreateMultipartUploadInput) (re // CreateMultipartUpload API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. +// This operation initiates a multipart upload and returns an upload ID. This +// upload ID is used to associate all of the parts in the specific multipart +// upload. You specify this upload ID in each of your subsequent upload part +// requests (see UploadPart). You also include this upload ID in the final request +// to either complete or abort the multipart upload request. // -// Note: After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you -// must either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged -// for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort -// multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging -// you for the parts storage. +// For more information about multipart uploads, see Multipart Upload Overview +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html). +// +// If you have configured a lifecycle rule to abort incomplete multipart uploads, +// the upload must complete within the number of days specified in the bucket +// lifecycle configuration. Otherwise, the incomplete multipart upload becomes +// eligible for an abort operation and Amazon S3 aborts the multipart upload. +// For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket +// Lifecycle Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config). +// +// For information about the permissions required to use the multipart upload +// API, see Multipart Upload API and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html). +// +// For request signing, multipart upload is just a series of regular requests. +// You initiate a multipart upload, send one or more requests to upload parts, +// and then complete the multipart upload process. You sign each request individually. +// There is nothing special about signing multipart upload requests. For more +// information about signing, see Authenticating Requests (AWS Signature Version +// 4) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sig-v4-authenticating-requests.html). +// +// After you initiate a multipart upload and upload one or more parts, to stop +// being charged for storing the uploaded parts, you must either complete or +// abort the multipart upload. Amazon S3 frees up the space used to store the +// parts and stop charging you for storing them only after you either complete +// or abort a multipart upload. +// +// You can optionally request server-side encryption. For server-side encryption, +// Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers +// and decrypts it when you access it. You can provide your own encryption key, +// or use AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer master keys (CMKs) or +// Amazon S3-managed encryption keys. If you choose to provide your own encryption +// key, the request headers you provide in UploadPart) and UploadPartCopy) requests +// must match the headers you used in the request to initiate the upload by +// using CreateMultipartUpload. +// +// To perform a multipart upload with encryption using an AWS KMS CMK, the requester +// must have permission to the kms:Encrypt, kms:Decrypt, kms:ReEncrypt*, kms:GenerateDataKey*, +// and kms:DescribeKey actions on the key. These permissions are required because +// Amazon S3 must decrypt and read data from the encrypted file parts before +// it completes the multipart upload. +// +// If your AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) user or role is in the same +// AWS account as the AWS KMS CMK, then you must have these permissions on the +// key policy. If your IAM user or role belongs to a different account than +// the key, then you must have the permissions on both the key policy and your +// IAM user or role. +// +// For more information, see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/serv-side-encryption.html). +// +// Access Permissions +// +// When copying an object, you can optionally specify the accounts or groups +// that should be granted specific permissions on the new object. There are +// two ways to grant the permissions using the request headers: +// +// * Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. For more information, +// see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL). +// +// * Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, +// x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. These parameters +// map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more +// information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html). +// +// You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. +// You cannot do both. +// +// Server-Side- Encryption-Specific Request Headers +// +// You can optionally tell Amazon S3 to encrypt data at rest using server-side +// encryption. Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon +// S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts +// it when you access it. The option you use depends on whether you want to +// use AWS-managed encryption keys or provide your own encryption key. +// +// * Use encryption keys managed by Amazon S3 or customer master keys (CMKs) +// stored in Amazon Key Management Service (KMS) – If you want AWS to manage +// the keys used to encrypt data, specify the following headers in the request. +// x-amz-server-side​-encryption x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id +// x-amz-server-side-encryption-context If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, +// but don't provide x-amz-server-side- encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon +// S3 uses the AWS managed CMK in AWS KMS to protect the data. All GET and +// PUT requests for an object protected by AWS KMS fail if you don't make +// them with SSL or by using SigV4. For more information on Server-Side Encryption +// with CMKs Stored in Amazon KMS (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side +// Encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingKMSEncryption.html). +// +// * Use customer-provided encryption keys – If you want to manage your +// own encryption keys, provide all the following headers in the request. +// x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-key +// x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-key-MD5 For more information +// on Server-Side Encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS), see Protecting +// Data Using Server-Side Encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingKMSEncryption.html). +// +// Access-Control-List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers +// +// You also can use the following access control–related headers with this +// operation. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access +// control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual +// AWS accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions +// are then added to the Access Control List (ACL) on the object. For more information, +// see Using ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html). +// With this operation, you can grant access permissions using one of the following +// two methods: +// +// * Specify a canned ACL (x-amz-acl) — Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined +// ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees +// and permissions. For more information, see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL). +// +// * Specify access permissions explicitly — To explicitly grant access +// permissions to specific AWS accounts or groups, use the following headers. +// Each header maps to specific permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an +// ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html). +// In the header, you specify a list of grantees who get the specific permission. +// To grant permissions explicitly use: x-amz-grant-read x-amz-grant-write +// x-amz-grant-read-acp x-amz-grant-write-acp x-amz-grant-full-control You +// specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the +// following: emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address +// of an AWS account id – if the value specified is the canonical user +// ID of an AWS account uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined +// group For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants the AWS +// accounts identified by email addresses permissions to read object data +// and its metadata: x-amz-grant-read: emailAddress="xyz@amazon.com", emailAddress="abc@amazon.com" +// +// The following operations are related to CreateMultipartUpload: +// +// * UploadPart +// +// * CompleteMultipartUpload +// +// * AbortMultipartUpload +// +// * ListParts +// +// * ListMultipartUploads // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -469,6 +921,12 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteBucketRequest(input *DeleteBucketInput) (req *request.Request // Deletes the bucket. All objects (including all object versions and Delete // Markers) in the bucket must be deleted before the bucket itself can be deleted. // +// Related Resources +// +// * +// +// * +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -547,7 +1005,20 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketAnalyt // // To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration // action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner -// can grant this permission to others. +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics +// – Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html). +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration: +// +// * +// +// * +// +// * // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -622,7 +1093,21 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteBucketCorsRequest(input *DeleteBucketCorsInput) (req *request // DeleteBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Deletes the CORS configuration information set for the bucket. +// Deletes the cors configuration information set for the bucket. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this +// permission to others. +// +// For information more about cors, go to Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html) in the Amazon +// Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Related Resources: +// +// * +// +// * RESTOPTIONSobject // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -697,7 +1182,23 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteBucketEncryptionRequest(input *DeleteBucketEncryptionInput) ( // DeleteBucketEncryption API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Deletes the server-side encryption configuration from the bucket. +// This implementation of the DELETE operation removes default encryption from +// the bucket. For information about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature, +// see Amazon S3 Default Bucket Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//bucket-encryption.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//s3-access-control.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Related Resources +// +// * PutBucketEncryption +// +// * GetBucketEncryption // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -775,6 +1276,23 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketInvent // Deletes an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from // the bucket. // +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html). +// +// Operation related to DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration include: +// +// * GetBucketInventoryConfiguration +// +// * PutBucketInventoryConfiguration +// +// * ListBucketInventoryConfigurations +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -848,7 +1366,27 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest(input *DeleteBucketLifecycleInput) (re // DeleteBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Deletes the lifecycle configuration from the bucket. +// Deletes the lifecycle configuration from the specified bucket. Amazon S3 +// removes all the lifecycle configuration rules in the lifecycle subresource +// associated with the bucket. Your objects never expire, and Amazon S3 no longer +// automatically deletes any objects on the basis of rules contained in the +// deleted lifecycle configuration. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration +// action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and the bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. +// +// There is usually some time lag before lifecycle configuration deletion is +// fully propagated to all the Amazon S3 systems. +// +// For more information about the object expiration, see Elements to Describe +// Lifecycle Actions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html#intro-lifecycle-rules-actions). +// +// Related actions include: +// +// * PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration +// +// * GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -923,8 +1461,28 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *DeleteBucketMetricsC // DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Deletes a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) -// from the bucket. +// Deletes a metrics configuration for the Amazon CloudWatch request metrics +// (specified by the metrics configuration ID) from the bucket. Note that this +// doesn't include the daily storage metrics. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutMetricsConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring +// Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html). +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration +// +// * GetBucketMetricsConfiguration +// +// * PutBucketMetricsConfiguration +// +// * ListBucketMetricsConfigurations +// +// * Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -999,7 +1557,29 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteBucketPolicyRequest(input *DeleteBucketPolicyInput) (req *req // DeleteBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Deletes the policy from the bucket. +// This implementation of the DELETE operation uses the policysubresource to +// delete the policy of a specified bucket. If you are using an identity other +// than the root user of the AWS account that owns the bucket, the calling identity +// must have the DeleteBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and +// belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. +// +// If you don't have DeleteBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 +// Access Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're notusing +// an identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns +// a 405 Method Not Allowed error. +// +// As a security precaution, the root user of the AWS account that owns a bucket +// can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root +// user the ability to perform this action. +// +// For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and +// UserPolicies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html). +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketPolicy +// +// * CreateBucket +// +// * DeleteObject // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -1074,10 +1654,26 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteBucketReplicationRequest(input *DeleteBucketReplicationInput) // DeleteBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Deletes the replication configuration from the bucket. For information about -// replication configuration, see Cross-Region Replication (CRR) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/crr.html) +// Deletes the replication configuration from the bucket. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutReplicationConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has these permissions by default and can grant it +// to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related +// to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// It can take a while for the deletion of a replication configuration to fully +// propagate. +// +// For information about replication configuration, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html) // in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide. // +// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketReplication +// +// * PutBucketReplication +// +// * GetBucketReplication +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -1153,6 +1749,16 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteBucketTaggingRequest(input *DeleteBucketTaggingInput) (req *r // // Deletes the tags from the bucket. // +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging +// action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this +// permission to others. +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketTagging +// +// * GetBucketTagging +// +// * PutBucketTagging +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -1226,7 +1832,26 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest(input *DeleteBucketWebsiteInput) (req *r // DeleteBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// This operation removes the website configuration from the bucket. +// This operation removes the website configuration for a bucket. Amazon S3 +// returns a 200 OK response upon successfully deleting a website configuration +// on the specified bucket. You will get a 200 OK response if the website configuration +// you are trying to delete does not exist on the bucket. Amazon S3 returns +// a 404 response if the bucket specified in the request does not exist. +// +// This DELETE operation requires the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite permission. By +// default, only the bucket owner can delete the website configuration attached +// to a bucket. However, bucket owners can grant other users permission to delete +// the website configuration by writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:DeleteBucketWebsite +// permission. +// +// For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon +// S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html). +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketWebsite +// +// * GetBucketWebsite +// +// * PutBucketWebsite // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -1304,6 +1929,29 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteObjectRequest(input *DeleteObjectInput) (req *request.Request // marker, which becomes the latest version of the object. If there isn't a // null version, Amazon S3 does not remove any objects. // +// To remove a specific version, you must be the bucket owner and you must use +// the version Id subresource. Using this subresource permanently deletes the +// version. If the object deleted is a delete marker, Amazon S3 sets the response +// header, x-amz-delete-marker, to true. +// +// If the object you want to delete is in a bucket where the bucket versioning +// configurationis MFA Delete enabled, you must include the x-amz-mfa request +// header in the DELETE versionId request. Requests that include x-amz-mfa must +// use HTTPS. +// +// For more information about MFA Delete, see Using MFA Delete (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingMFADelete.html). +// To see sample requests that use versioning, see Sample Request (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTObjectDELETE.html#ExampleVersionObjectDelete). +// +// You can delete objects by explicitly calling the DELETE Object API or configure +// its lifecycle (PutBucketLifecycle) to enable Amazon S3 to remove them for +// you. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or deleting objects +// from your bucket you must deny them the s3:DeleteObject, s3:DeleteObjectVersion +// and s3:PutLifeCycleConfiguration actions. +// +// The following operation is related to DeleteObject +// +// * PutObject +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -1376,7 +2024,21 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteObjectTaggingRequest(input *DeleteObjectTaggingInput) (req *r // DeleteObjectTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Removes the tag-set from an existing object. +// Removes the entire tag set from the specified object. For more information +// about managing object tags, see Object Tagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/Versioning.html#MultiFactorAuthenticationDelete). +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:DeleteObjectTagging +// action. +// +// To delete tags of a specific object version, add the versionId query parameter +// in the request. You will need permission for the s3:DeleteObjectVersionTagging +// action. +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration +// +// * PutObjectTagging +// +// * GetObjectTagging // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -1451,7 +2113,47 @@ func (c *S3) DeleteObjectsRequest(input *DeleteObjectsInput) (req *request.Reque // DeleteObjects API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation enables you to delete multiple objects from a bucket using -// a single HTTP request. You may specify up to 1000 keys. +// a single HTTP request. If you know the object keys that you want to delete, +// then this operation provides a suitable alternative to sending individual +// delete requests, reducing per-request overhead. +// +// The request contains a list of up to 1000 keys that you want to delete. In +// the XML, you provide the object key names, and optionally, version IDs if +// you want to delete a specific version of the object from a versioning-enabled +// bucket. For each key, Amazon S3 performs a delete operation and returns the +// result of that delete, success, or failure, in the response. Note that, if +// the object specified in the request is not found, Amazon S3 returns the result +// as deleted. +// +// The operation supports two modes for the response; verbose and quiet. By +// default, the operation uses verbose mode in which the response includes the +// result of deletion of each key in your request. In quiet mode the response +// includes only keys where the delete operation encountered an error. For a +// successful deletion, the operation does not return any information about +// the delete in the response body. +// +// When performing this operation on an MFA Delete enabled bucket, that attempts +// to delete any versioned objects, you must include an MFA token. If you do +// not provide one, the entire request will fail, even if there are non versioned +// objects you are attempting to delete. If you provide an invalid token, whether +// there are versioned keys in the request or not, the entire Multi-Object Delete +// request will fail. For information about MFA Delete, see MFA Delete (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/Versioning.html#MultiFactorAuthenticationDelete). +// +// Finally, the Content-MD5 header is required for all Multi-Object Delete requests. +// Amazon S3 uses the header value to ensure that your request body has not +// be altered in transit. +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteObjects +// +// * CreateMultipartUpload +// +// * UploadPart +// +// * CompleteMultipartUpload +// +// * ListParts +// +// * AbortMultipartUpload // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -1526,7 +2228,21 @@ func (c *S3) DeletePublicAccessBlockRequest(input *DeletePublicAccessBlockInput) // DeletePublicAccessBlock API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Removes the PublicAccessBlock configuration from an Amazon S3 bucket. +// Removes the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. In order +// to use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock permission. +// For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket +// Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration: +// +// * Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html) +// +// * GetPublicAccessBlock +// +// * PutPublicAccessBlock +// +// * GetBucketPolicyStatus // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -1600,7 +2316,32 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketAccelerateC // GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Returns the accelerate configuration of a bucket. +// This implementation of the GET operation uses the accelerate subresource +// to return the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket, which is either Enabled +// or Suspended. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that +// enables you to perform faster data transfers to and from Amazon S3. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetAccelerateConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//s3-access-control.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// You set the Transfer Acceleration state of an existing bucket to Enabled +// or Suspended by using the PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation. +// +// A GET accelerate request does not return a state value for a bucket that +// has no transfer acceleration state. A bucket has no Transfer Acceleration +// state, if a state has never been set on the bucket. +// +// For more information on transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//transfer-acceleration.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Related Resources +// +// * PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -1674,7 +2415,15 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketAclRequest(input *GetBucketAclInput) (req *request.Request // GetBucketAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Gets the access control policy for the bucket. +// This implementation of the GET operation uses the acl subresource to return +// the access control list (ACL) of a bucket. To use GET to return the ACL of +// the bucket, you must have READ_ACP access to the bucket. If READ_ACP permission +// is granted to the anonymous user, you can return the ACL of the bucket without +// using an authorization header. +// +// Related Resources +// +// * // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -1748,8 +2497,27 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketAnalyticsCon // GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Gets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics -// configuration ID). +// This implementation of the GET operation returns an analytics configuration +// (identified by the analytics configuration ID) from the bucket. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics +// – Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Related Resources +// +// * +// +// * +// +// * // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -1823,7 +2591,20 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketCorsRequest(input *GetBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Reque // GetBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Returns the CORS configuration for the bucket. +// Returns the cors configuration information set for the bucket. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketCORS +// action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it +// to others. +// +// To learn more cors, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html)Enabling +// Cross-Origin Resource Sharing. +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketCors: +// +// * PutBucketCors +// +// * DeleteBucketCors // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -1897,7 +2678,21 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketEncryptionRequest(input *GetBucketEncryptionInput) (req *r // GetBucketEncryption API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Returns the server-side encryption configuration of a bucket. +// Returns the default encryption configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. For +// information about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 +// Default Bucket Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html). +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetEncryptionConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketEncryption: +// +// * PutBucketEncryption +// +// * DeleteBucketEncryption // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -1971,8 +2766,25 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketInventoryCon // GetBucketInventoryConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Returns an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from -// the bucket. +// Returns an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory configuration +// ID) from the bucket. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetInventoryConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this +// permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions +// Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html). +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketInventoryConfiguration: +// +// * DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration +// +// * ListBucketInventoryConfigurations +// +// * PutBucketInventoryConfiguration // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -2051,7 +2863,33 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleRequest(input *GetBucketLifecycleInput) (req *req // GetBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// No longer used, see the GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation. +// +// For an updated version of this API, see GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration. +// If you configured a bucket lifecycle using the filter element, you should +// the updated version of this topic. This topic is provided for backward compatibility. +// +// Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. For information +// about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html). +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetLifecycleConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// GetBucketLifecycle has the following special error: +// +// * Error code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration Description: The lifecycle +// configuration does not exist. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault +// Code Prefix: Client +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketLifecycle: +// +// * GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration +// +// * PutBucketLifecycle +// +// * DeleteBucketLifecycle // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -2129,7 +2967,37 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketLifecycleCon // GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. +// +// Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using +// an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, or a combination of both. +// Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The response describes +// the new filter element that you can use to specify a filter to select a subset +// of objects to which the rule applies. If you are still using previous version +// of the lifecycle configuration, it works. For the earlier API description, +// see GetBucketLifecycle. +// +// Returns the lifecycle configuration information set on the bucket. For information +// about lifecycle configuration, see Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html). +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetLifecycleConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission, by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration has the following special error: +// +// * Error code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration Description: The lifecycle +// configuration does not exist. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault +// Code Prefix: Client +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration: +// +// * GetBucketLifecycle +// +// * PutBucketLifecycle +// +// * DeleteBucketLifecycle // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -2203,7 +3071,17 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketLocationRequest(input *GetBucketLocationInput) (req *reque // GetBucketLocation API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Returns the region the bucket resides in. +// Returns the region the bucket resides in. You set the bucket's region using +// the LocationConstraint request parameter in a CreateBucket request. For more +// information, see CreateBucket. +// +// To use this implementation of the operation, you must be the bucket owner. +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketLocation: +// +// * GetObject +// +// * CreateBucket // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -2280,6 +3158,12 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketLoggingRequest(input *GetBucketLoggingInput) (req *request // Returns the logging status of a bucket and the permissions users have to // view and modify that status. To use GET, you must be the bucket owner. // +// The following operations are related to GetBucketLogging: +// +// * CreateBucket +// +// * PutBucketLogging +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -2353,7 +3237,26 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketMetricsConfigu // GetBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Gets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) -// from the bucket. +// from the bucket. Note that this doesn't include the daily storage metrics. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetMetricsConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring +// Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html). +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketMetricsConfiguration: +// +// * PutBucketMetricsConfiguration +// +// * DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration +// +// * ListBucketMetricsConfigurations +// +// * Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -2432,7 +3335,7 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationRequest(input *GetBucketNotificationConfigurat // GetBucketNotification API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// No longer used, see the GetBucketNotificationConfiguration operation. +// No longer used, see GetBucketNotificationConfiguration. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -2512,6 +3415,22 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input *GetBucketNotificat // // Returns the notification configuration of a bucket. // +// If notifications are not enabled on the bucket, the operation returns an +// empty NotificationConfiguration element. +// +// By default, you must be the bucket owner to read the notification configuration +// of a bucket. However, the bucket owner can use a bucket policy to grant permission +// to other users to read this configuration with the s3:GetBucketNotification +// permission. +// +// For more information about setting and reading the notification configuration +// on a bucket, see Setting Up Notification of Bucket Events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html). +// For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html). +// +// The following operation is related to GetBucketNotification: +// +// * PutBucketNotification +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -2584,7 +3503,26 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyRequest(input *GetBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.R // GetBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Returns the policy of a specified bucket. +// Returns the policy of a specified bucket. If you are using an identity other +// than the root user of the AWS account that owns the bucket, the calling identity +// must have the GetBucketPolicy permissions on the specified bucket and belong +// to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. +// +// If you don't have GetBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access +// Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an +// identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a +// 405 Method Not Allowed error. +// +// As a security precaution, the root user of the AWS account that owns a bucket +// can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root +// user the ability to perform this action. +// +// For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and +// User Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html). +// +// The following operation is related to GetBucketPolicy: +// +// * GetObject // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -2659,7 +3597,22 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketPolicyStatusRequest(input *GetBucketPolicyStatusInput) (re // GetBucketPolicyStatus API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Retrieves the policy status for an Amazon S3 bucket, indicating whether the -// bucket is public. +// bucket is public. In order to use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketPolicyStatus +// permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying +// Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html). +// +// For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket public, see +// The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status). +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketPolicyStatus: +// +// * Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html) +// +// * GetPublicAccessBlock +// +// * PutPublicAccessBlock +// +// * DeletePublicAccessBlock // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -2739,6 +3692,28 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketReplicationRequest(input *GetBucketReplicationInput) (req // to all Amazon S3 systems. Therefore, a get request soon after put or delete // can return a wrong result. // +// For information about replication configuration, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html). +// +// This operation requires permissions for the s3:GetReplicationConfiguration +// action. For more information about permissions, see Using Bucket Policies +// and User Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html). +// +// If you include the Filter element in a replication configuration, you must +// also include the DeleteMarkerReplication and Priority elements. The response +// also returns those elements. +// +// GetBucketReplication has the following special error: +// +// * Error code: NoSuchReplicationConfiguration Description: There is no +// replication configuration with that name. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found +// SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketReplication: +// +// * PutBucketReplication +// +// * DeleteBucketReplication +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -2811,7 +3786,13 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input *GetBucketRequestPaymentInput) // GetBucketRequestPayment API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Returns the request payment configuration of a bucket. +// Returns the request payment configuration of a bucket. To use this version +// of the operation, you must be the bucket owner. For more information, see +// Requester Pays Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RequesterPaysBuckets.html). +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketRequestPayment: +// +// * ListObjects // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -2887,6 +3868,21 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketTaggingRequest(input *GetBucketTaggingInput) (req *request // // Returns the tag set associated with the bucket. // +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetBucketTagging +// action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this +// permission to others. +// +// GetBucketTagging has the following special error: +// +// * Error code: NoSuchTagSetError Description: There is no tag set associated +// with the bucket. +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketTagging: +// +// * PutBucketTagging +// +// * DeleteBucketTagging +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -2961,6 +3957,20 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketVersioningRequest(input *GetBucketVersioningInput) (req *r // // Returns the versioning state of a bucket. // +// To retrieve the versioning state of a bucket, you must be the bucket owner. +// +// This implementation also returns the MFA Delete status of the versioning +// state, i.e., if the MFA Delete status is enabled, the bucket owner must use +// an authentication device to change the versioning state of the bucket. +// +// The following operations are related to GetBucketVersioning: +// +// * GetObject +// +// * PutObject +// +// * DeleteObject +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -3033,7 +4043,21 @@ func (c *S3) GetBucketWebsiteRequest(input *GetBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request // GetBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Returns the website configuration for a bucket. +// Returns the website configuration for a bucket. To host website on Amazon +// S3, you can configure a bucket as website by adding a website configuration. +// For more information about hosting websites, see Hosting Websites on Amazon +// S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html). +// +// This GET operation requires the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. By default, +// only the bucket owner can read the bucket website configuration. However, +// bucket owners can allow other users to read the website configuration by +// writing a bucket policy granting them the S3:GetBucketWebsite permission. +// +// The following operations are related to DeleteBucketWebsite +// +// * DeleteBucketWebsite +// +// * PutBucketWebsite // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -3107,7 +4131,130 @@ func (c *S3) GetObjectRequest(input *GetObjectInput) (req *request.Request, outp // GetObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Retrieves objects from Amazon S3. +// Retrieves objects from Amazon S3. To use GET, you must have READ access to +// the object. If you grant READ access to the anonymous user, you can return +// the object without using an authorization header. +// +// An Amazon S3 bucket has no directory hierarchy such as you would find in +// a typical computer file system. You can, however, create a logical hierarchy +// by using object key names that imply a folder structure. For example, instead +// of naming an object sample.jpg, you can name it photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. +// +// To get an object from such a logical hierarchy, specify the full key name +// for the object in the GET operation. For a virtual hosted-style request example, +// if you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg, specify the resource +// as /photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For a path-style request example, if +// you have the object photos/2006/February/sample.jpg in the bucket named examplebucket, +// specify the resource as /examplebucket/photos/2006/February/sample.jpg. For +// more information about request types, see HTTP Host Header Bucket Specification +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/VirtualHosting.html#VirtualHostingSpecifyBucket). +// +// To distribute large files to many people, you can save bandwidth costs by +// using BitTorrent. For more information, see Amazon S3 Torrent (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3Torrent.html). +// For more information about returning the ACL of an object, see GetObjectAcl. +// +// If the object you are retrieving is stored in the GLACIER or DEEP_ARCHIVE +// storage classes, before you can retrieve the object you must first restore +// a copy using . Otherwise, this operation returns an InvalidObjectStateError +// error. For information about restoring archived objects, see Restoring Archived +// Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/restoring-objects.html). +// +// Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not +// be sent for GET requests if your object uses server-side encryption with +// CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS) or server-side encryption with Amazon S3–managed +// encryption keys (SSE-S3). If your object does use these types of keys, you’ll +// get an HTTP 400 BadRequest error. +// +// If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided +// encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when +// you GET the object, you must use the following headers: +// +// * x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm +// +// * x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-key +// +// * x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-key-MD5 +// +// For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided +// Encryption Keys) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html). +// +// Assuming you have permission to read object tags (permission for the s3:GetObjectVersionTagging +// action), the response also returns the x-amz-tagging-count header that provides +// the count of number of tags associated with the object. You can use GetObjectTagging +// to retrieve the tag set associated with an object. +// +// Permissions +// +// You need the s3:GetObject permission for this operation. For more information, +// see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html). +// If the object you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends +// on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission. +// +// * If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 will +// return an HTTP status code 404 ("no such key") error. +// +// * If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 will return +// an HTTP status code 403 ("access denied") error. +// +// Versioning +// +// By default, the GET operation returns the current version of an object. To +// return a different version, use the versionId subresource. +// +// If the current version of the object is a delete marker, Amazon S3 behaves +// as if the object was deleted and includes x-amz-delete-marker: true in the +// response. +// +// For more information about versioning, see PutBucketVersioning. +// +// Overriding Response Header Values +// +// There are times when you want to override certain response header values +// in a GET response. For example, you might override the Content-Disposition +// response header value in your GET request. +// +// You can override values for a set of response headers using the following +// query parameters. These response header values are sent only on a successful +// request, that is, when status code 200 OK is returned. The set of headers +// you can override using these parameters is a subset of the headers that Amazon +// S3 accepts when you create an object. The response headers that you can override +// for the GET response are Content-Type, Content-Language, Expires, Cache-Control, +// Content-Disposition, and Content-Encoding. To override these header values +// in the GET response, you use the following request parameters. +// +// You must sign the request, either using an Authorization header or a presigned +// URL, when using these parameters. They cannot be used with an unsigned (anonymous) +// request. +// +// * response-content-type +// +// * response-content-language +// +// * response-expires +// +// * response-cache-control +// +// * response-content-disposition +// +// * response-content-encoding +// +// Additional Considerations about Request Headers +// +// If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since headers are present in the +// request as follows: If-Match condition evaluates to true, and; If-Unmodified-Since +// condition evaluates to false; then, S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested. +// +// If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since headers are present in +// the request as follows:If-None-Match condition evaluates to false, and; If-Modified-Since +// condition evaluates to true; then, S3 returns 304 Not Modified response code. +// +// For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232). +// +// The following operations are related to GetObject: +// +// * ListBuckets +// +// * GetObjectAcl // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -3186,7 +4333,21 @@ func (c *S3) GetObjectAclRequest(input *GetObjectAclInput) (req *request.Request // GetObjectAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Returns the access control list (ACL) of an object. +// Returns the access control list (ACL) of an object. To use this operation, +// you must have READ_ACP access to the object. +// +// Versioning +// +// By default, GET returns ACL information about the current version of an object. +// To return ACL information about a different version, use the versionId subresource. +// +// The following operations are related to GetObjectAcl: +// +// * GetObject +// +// * DeleteObject +// +// * PutObject // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -3265,7 +4426,8 @@ func (c *S3) GetObjectLegalHoldRequest(input *GetObjectLegalHoldInput) (req *req // GetObjectLegalHold API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Gets an object's current Legal Hold status. +// Gets an object's current Legal Hold status. For more information, see Locking +// Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -3339,9 +4501,10 @@ func (c *S3) GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input *GetObjectLockConfiguration // GetObjectLockConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Gets the object lock configuration for a bucket. The rule specified in the -// object lock configuration will be applied by default to every new object -// placed in the specified bucket. +// Gets the Object Lock configuration for a bucket. The rule specified in the +// Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new object +// placed in the specified bucket. For more information, see Locking Objects +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -3415,7 +4578,8 @@ func (c *S3) GetObjectRetentionRequest(input *GetObjectRetentionInput) (req *req // GetObjectRetention API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Retrieves an object's retention settings. +// Retrieves an object's retention settings. For more information, see Locking +// Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -3489,7 +4653,25 @@ func (c *S3) GetObjectTaggingRequest(input *GetObjectTaggingInput) (req *request // GetObjectTagging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Returns the tag-set of an object. +// Returns the tag-set of an object. You send the GET request against the tagging +// subresource associated with the object. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:GetObjectTagging +// action. By default, the GET operation returns information about current version +// of an object. For a versioned bucket, you can have multiple versions of an +// object in your bucket. To retrieve tags of any other version, use the versionId +// query parameter. You also need permission for the s3:GetObjectVersionTagging +// action. +// +// By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this permission +// to others. +// +// For information about the Amazon S3 object tagging feature, see Object Tagging +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-tagging.html). +// +// The following operation is related to GetObjectTagging: +// +// * PutObjectTagging // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -3563,7 +4745,19 @@ func (c *S3) GetObjectTorrentRequest(input *GetObjectTorrentInput) (req *request // GetObjectTorrent API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Return torrent files from a bucket. +// Return torrent files from a bucket. BitTorrent can save you bandwidth when +// you're distributing large files. For more information about BitTorrent, see +// Amazon S3 Torrent (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3Torrent.html). +// +// You can get torrent only for objects that are less than 5 GB in size and +// that are not encrypted using server-side encryption with customer-provided +// encryption key. +// +// To use GET, you must have READ access to the object. +// +// The following operation is related to GetObjectTorrent: +// +// * GetObject // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -3637,7 +4831,30 @@ func (c *S3) GetPublicAccessBlockRequest(input *GetPublicAccessBlockInput) (req // GetPublicAccessBlock API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Retrieves the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. +// Retrieves the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. In +// order to use this operation, you must have the s3:GetBucketPublicAccessBlock +// permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying +// Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html). +// +// When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket +// or an object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the +// bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account. +// If the PublicAccessBlock settings are different between the bucket and the +// account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level +// and account-level settings. +// +// For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object +// public, see The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status). +// +// The following operations are related to GetPublicAccessBlock: +// +// * Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html) +// +// * PutPublicAccessBlock +// +// * GetPublicAccessBlock +// +// * DeletePublicAccessBlock // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -3713,7 +4930,15 @@ func (c *S3) HeadBucketRequest(input *HeadBucketInput) (req *request.Request, ou // HeadBucket API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation is useful to determine if a bucket exists and you have permission -// to access it. +// to access it. The operation returns a 200 OK if the bucket exists and you +// have permission to access it. Otherwise, the operation might return responses +// such as 404 Not Found and 403 Forbidden. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:ListBucket +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this +// permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions +// Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -3796,6 +5021,63 @@ func (c *S3) HeadObjectRequest(input *HeadObjectInput) (req *request.Request, ou // object itself. This operation is useful if you're only interested in an object's // metadata. To use HEAD, you must have READ access to the object. // +// A HEAD request has the same options as a GET operation on an object. The +// response is identical to the GET response except that there is no response +// body. +// +// If you encrypt an object by using server-side encryption with customer-provided +// encryption keys (SSE-C) when you store the object in Amazon S3, then when +// you retrieve the metadata from the object, you must use the following headers: +// +// * x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm +// +// * x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-key +// +// * x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-key-MD5 +// +// For more information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided +// Encryption Keys) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html). +// +// Encryption request headers, like x-amz-server-side-encryption, should not +// be sent for GET requests if your object uses server-side encryption with +// CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS) or server-side encryption with Amazon S3–managed +// encryption keys (SSE-S3). If your object does use these types of keys, you’ll +// get an HTTP 400 BadRequest error. +// +// Request headers are limited to 8 KB in size. For more information, see Common +// Request Headers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTCommonRequestHeaders.html). +// +// Consider the following when using request headers: +// +// * Consideration 1 – If both of the If-Match and If-Unmodified-Since +// headers are present in the request as follows: If-Match condition evaluates +// to true, and; If-Unmodified-Since condition evaluates to false; Then Amazon +// S3 returns 200 OK and the data requested. +// +// * Consideration 2 – If both of the If-None-Match and If-Modified-Since +// headers are present in the request as follows: If-None-Match condition +// evaluates to false, and; If-Modified-Since condition evaluates to true; +// Then Amazon S3 returns the 304 Not Modified response code. +// +// For more information about conditional requests, see RFC 7232 (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7232). +// +// Permissions +// +// You need the s3:GetObject permission for this operation. For more information, +// see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html). +// If the object you request does not exist, the error Amazon S3 returns depends +// on whether you also have the s3:ListBucket permission. +// +// * If you have the s3:ListBucket permission on the bucket, Amazon S3 will +// return a HTTP status code 404 ("no such key") error. +// +// * If you don’t have the s3:ListBucket permission, Amazon S3 will return +// a HTTP status code 403 ("access denied") error. +// +// The following operation is related to HeadObject: +// +// * GetObject +// // See http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/ErrorResponses.html#RESTErrorResponses // for more information on returned errors. // @@ -3871,7 +5153,33 @@ func (c *S3) ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketAnalytics // ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Lists the analytics configurations for the bucket. +// Lists the analytics configurations for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 +// analytics configurations per bucket. +// +// This operation supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 +// configurations at a time. You should always check the IsTruncated element +// in the response. If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated +// is set to false. If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is +// set to true, and there will be a value in NextContinuationToken. You use +// the NextContinuationToken value to continue the pagination of the list by +// passing the value in continuation-token in the request to GET the next page. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetAnalyticsConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// For information about Amazon S3 analytics feature, see Amazon S3 Analytics +// – Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html). +// +// The following operations are related to ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurations: +// +// * GetBucketAnalyticsConfiguration +// +// * DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfiguration +// +// * PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -3945,7 +5253,33 @@ func (c *S3) ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketInventory // ListBucketInventoryConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Returns a list of inventory configurations for the bucket. +// Returns a list of inventory configurations for the bucket. You can have up +// to 1,000 analytics configurations per bucket. +// +// This operation supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 +// configurations at a time. Always check the IsTruncated element in the response. +// If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. +// If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and +// there is a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken +// value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token +// in the request to GET the next page. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetInventoryConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// For information about the Amazon S3 inventory feature, see Amazon S3 Inventory +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-inventory.html) +// +// The following operations are related to ListBucketInventoryConfigurations: +// +// * GetBucketInventoryConfiguration +// +// * DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration +// +// * PutBucketInventoryConfiguration // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -4019,7 +5353,34 @@ func (c *S3) ListBucketMetricsConfigurationsRequest(input *ListBucketMetricsConf // ListBucketMetricsConfigurations API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Lists the metrics configurations for the bucket. +// Lists the metrics configurations for the bucket. The metrics configurations +// are only for the request metrics of the bucket and do not provide information +// on daily storage metrics. You can have up to 1,000 configurations per bucket. +// +// This operation supports list pagination and does not return more than 100 +// configurations at a time. Always check the IsTruncated element in the response. +// If there are no more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to false. +// If there are more configurations to list, IsTruncated is set to true, and +// there is a value in NextContinuationToken. You use the NextContinuationToken +// value to continue the pagination of the list by passing the value in continuation-token +// in the request to GET the next page. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:GetMetricsConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// For more information about metrics configurations and CloudWatch request +// metrics, see Monitoring Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html). +// +// The following operations are related to ListBucketMetricsConfigurations: +// +// * PutBucketMetricsConfiguration +// +// * GetBucketMetricsConfiguration +// +// * DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -4173,7 +5534,40 @@ func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsRequest(input *ListMultipartUploadsInput) (req // ListMultipartUploads API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads. +// This operation lists in-progress multipart uploads. An in-progress multipart +// upload is a multipart upload that has been initiated using the Initiate Multipart +// Upload request, but has not yet been completed or aborted. +// +// This operation returns at most 1,000 multipart uploads in the response. 1,000 +// multipart uploads is the maximum number of uploads a response can include, +// which is also the default value. You can further limit the number of uploads +// in a response by specifying the max-uploads parameter in the response. If +// additional multipart uploads satisfy the list criteria, the response will +// contain an IsTruncated element with the value true. To list the additional +// multipart uploads, use the key-marker and upload-id-marker request parameters. +// +// In the response, the uploads are sorted by key. If your application has initiated +// more than one multipart upload using the same object key, then uploads in +// the response are first sorted by key. Additionally, uploads are sorted in +// ascending order within each key by the upload initiation time. +// +// For more information on multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart +// Upload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html). +// +// For information on permissions required to use the multipart upload API, +// see Multipart Upload API and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html). +// +// The following operations are related to ListMultipartUploads: +// +// * CreateMultipartUpload +// +// * UploadPart +// +// * CompleteMultipartUpload +// +// * ListParts +// +// * AbortMultipartUpload // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -4246,10 +5640,12 @@ func (c *S3) ListMultipartUploadsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMu }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*ListMultipartUploadsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -4303,7 +5699,24 @@ func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsRequest(input *ListObjectVersionsInput) (req *req // ListObjectVersions API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Returns metadata about all of the versions of objects in a bucket. +// Returns metadata about all of the versions of objects in a bucket. You can +// also use request parameters as selection criteria to return metadata about +// a subset of all the object versions. +// +// A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure to design your +// application to parse the contents of the response and handle it appropriately. +// +// To use this operation, you must have READ access to the bucket. +// +// The following operations are related to ListObjectVersions: +// +// * ListObjectsV2 +// +// * GetObject +// +// * PutObject +// +// * DeleteObject // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -4376,10 +5789,12 @@ func (c *S3) ListObjectVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObje }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectVersionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectVersionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -4435,7 +5850,25 @@ func (c *S3) ListObjectsRequest(input *ListObjectsInput) (req *request.Request, // // Returns some or all (up to 1000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use // the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects -// in a bucket. +// in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Be sure +// to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle +// it appropriately. +// +// This API has been revised. We recommend that you use the newer version, ListObjectsV2, +// when developing applications. For backward compatibility, Amazon S3 continues +// to support ListObjects. +// +// The following operations are related to ListObjects: +// +// * ListObjectsV2 +// +// * GetObject +// +// * PutObject +// +// * CreateBucket +// +// * ListBuckets // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -4513,10 +5946,12 @@ func (c *S3) ListObjectsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsInpu }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -4570,10 +6005,34 @@ func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2Request(input *ListObjectsV2Input) (req *request.Reque // ListObjectsV2 API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Returns some or all (up to 1000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use +// Returns some or all (up to 1,000) of the objects in a bucket. You can use // the request parameters as selection criteria to return a subset of the objects -// in a bucket. Note: ListObjectsV2 is the revised List Objects API and we recommend -// you use this revised API for new application development. +// in a bucket. A 200 OK response can contain valid or invalid XML. Make sure +// to design your application to parse the contents of the response and handle +// it appropriately. +// +// To use thisoperation, you must have READ access to the bucket. +// +// To use this operation in an AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, +// you must have permissions to perform the s3:ListBucket action. The bucket +// owner has this permission by default and can grant this permission to others. +// For more information about permissions, see Permissions Related to Bucket +// Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// This section describes the latest revision of the API. We recommend that +// you use this revised API for application development. For backward compatibility, +// Amazon S3 continues to support the prior version of this API, ListObjects. +// +// To get a list of your buckets, see ListBuckets. +// +// The following operations are related to ListObjectsV2: +// +// * GetObject +// +// * PutObject +// +// * CreateBucket // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -4651,10 +6110,12 @@ func (c *S3) ListObjectsV2PagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListObjectsV2 }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectsV2Output), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*ListObjectsV2Output), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -4709,6 +6170,33 @@ func (c *S3) ListPartsRequest(input *ListPartsInput) (req *request.Request, outp // ListParts API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Lists the parts that have been uploaded for a specific multipart upload. +// This operation must include the upload ID, which you obtain by sending the +// initiate multipart upload request (see CreateMultipartUpload). This request +// returns a maximum of 1,000 uploaded parts. The default number of parts returned +// is 1,000 parts. You can restrict the number of parts returned by specifying +// the max-parts request parameter. If your multipart upload consists of more +// than 1,000 parts, the response returns an IsTruncated field with the value +// of true, and a NextPartNumberMarker element. In subsequent ListParts requests +// you can include the part-number-marker query string parameter and set its +// value to the NextPartNumberMarker field value from the previous response. +// +// For more information on multipart uploads, see Uploading Objects Using Multipart +// Upload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html). +// +// For information on permissions required to use the multipart upload API, +// see Multipart Upload API and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html). +// +// The following operations are related to ListParts: +// +// * CreateMultipartUpload +// +// * UploadPart +// +// * CompleteMultipartUpload +// +// * AbortMultipartUpload +// +// * ListMultipartUploads // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -4781,10 +6269,12 @@ func (c *S3) ListPartsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListPartsInput, f }, } - cont := true - for p.Next() && cont { - cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListPartsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) + for p.Next() { + if !fn(p.Page().(*ListPartsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { + break + } } + return p.Err() } @@ -4833,7 +6323,41 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketAccelerateC // PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Sets the accelerate configuration of an existing bucket. +// Sets the accelerate configuration of an existing bucket. Amazon S3 Transfer +// Acceleration is a bucket-level feature that enables you to perform faster +// data transfers to Amazon S3. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutAccelerateConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// The Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket can be set to one of the following +// two values: +// +// * Enabled – Enables accelerated data transfers to the bucket. +// +// * Suspended – Disables accelerated data transfers to the bucket. +// +// The GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration operation returns the transfer acceleration +// state of a bucket. +// +// After setting the Transfer Acceleration state of a bucket to Enabled, it +// might take up to thirty minutes before the data transfer rates to the bucket +// increase. +// +// The name of the bucket used for Transfer Acceleration must be DNS-compliant +// and must not contain periods ("."). +// +// For more information about transfer acceleration, see Transfer Acceleration +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration.html). +// +// The following operations are related to PutBucketAccelerateConfiguration: +// +// * GetBucketAccelerateConfiguration +// +// * CreateBucket // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -4908,7 +6432,80 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketAclRequest(input *PutBucketAclInput) (req *request.Request // PutBucketAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Sets the permissions on a bucket using access control lists (ACL). +// Sets the permissions on an existing bucket using access control lists (ACL). +// For more information, see Using ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html). +// To set the ACL of a bucket, you must have WRITE_ACP permission. +// +// You can use one of the following two ways to set a bucket's permissions: +// +// * Specify the ACL in the request body +// +// * Specify permissions using request headers +// +// You cannot specify access permission using both the body and the request +// headers. +// +// Depending on your application needs, you may choose to set the ACL on a bucket +// using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you have an +// existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request body, then +// you can continue to use that approach. +// +// Access Permissions +// +// You can set access permissions using one of the following methods: +// +// * Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports +// a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a +// predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name +// as the value of x-amz-acl. If you use this header, you cannot use other +// access control specific headers in your request. For more information, +// see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL). +// +// * Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, +// x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using +// these headers you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (AWS +// accounts or a Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you +// use these ACL specific headers, you cannot use x-amz-acl header to set +// a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon +// S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) +// Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html). +// You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of +// the following: emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address +// of an AWS account id – if the value specified is the canonical user +// ID of an AWS account uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined +// group For example, the following x-amz-grant-write header grants create, +// overwrite, and delete objects permission to LogDelivery group predefined +// by Amazon S3 and two AWS accounts identified by their email addresses. +// x-amz-grant-write: uri="http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/s3/LogDelivery", +// emailAddress="xyz@amazon.com", emailAddress="abc@amazon.com" +// +// You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. +// You cannot do both. +// +// Grantee Values +// +// You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights +// (using request elements) in the following ways: +// +// * By Email address: <>Grantees@email.com<>lt;/Grantee> +// The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET +// Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser. +// +// * By the person's ID: <>ID<><>GranteesEmail<> +// DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request +// +// * By URI: <>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<> +// +// Related Resources +// +// * CreateBucket +// +// * DeleteBucket +// +// * GetObjectAcl // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -4984,7 +6581,50 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketAnalyticsCon // PutBucketAnalyticsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Sets an analytics configuration for the bucket (specified by the analytics -// configuration ID). +// configuration ID). You can have up to 1,000 analytics configurations per +// bucket. +// +// You can choose to have storage class analysis export analysis reports to +// a comma-separated values (CSV) flat file, see the DataExport request element. +// Reports are updated daily and are based on the object filters you configure. +// When selecting data export you specify a destination bucket and optional +// destination prefix where the file is written. You can export the data to +// a destination bucket in a different account. However, the destination bucket +// must be in the same region as the bucket that you are making the PUT analytics +// configuration to. For more information, see Amazon S3 Analytics – Storage +// Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/analytics-storage-class.html). +// +// You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket where the exported +// file is written to grant permissions to Amazon S3 to write objects to the +// bucket. For an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory +// and Storage Class Analysis (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/example-bucket-policies.html#example-bucket-policies-use-case-9). +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// Special Errors +// +// * HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request Code: InvalidArgument Cause: Invalid +// argument. +// +// * HTTP Error: HTTP 400 Bad Request Code: TooManyConfigurations Cause: +// You are attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached +// the 1,000-configuration limit. +// +// * HTTP Error: HTTP 403 Forbidden Code: AccessDenied Cause: You are not +// the owner of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutAnalyticsConfiguration +// bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket. +// +// Related Resources +// +// * +// +// * +// +// * // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -5059,7 +6699,49 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketCorsRequest(input *PutBucketCorsInput) (req *request.Reque // PutBucketCors API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Sets the CORS configuration for a bucket. +// Sets the cors configuration for your bucket. If the configuration exists, +// Amazon S3 replaces it. +// +// To use this operation, you must be allowed to perform the s3:PutBucketCORS +// action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant it +// to others. +// +// You set this configuration on a bucket so that the bucket can service cross-origin +// requests. For example, you might want to enable a request whose origin is +// http://www.example.com to access your Amazon S3 bucket at my.example.bucket.com +// by using the browser's XMLHttpRequest capability. +// +// To enable cross-origin resource sharing (CORS) on a bucket, you add the cors +// subresource to the bucket. The cors subresource is an XML document in which +// you configure rules that identify origins and the HTTP methods that can be +// executed on your bucket. The document is limited to 64 KB in size. +// +// When Amazon S3 receives a cross-origin request (or a pre-flight OPTIONS request) +// against a bucket, it evaluates the cors configuration on the bucket and uses +// the first CORSRule rule that matches the incoming browser request to enable +// a cross-origin request. For a rule to match, the following conditions must +// be met: +// +// * The request's Origin header must match AllowedOrigin elements. +// +// * The request method (for example, GET, PUT, HEAD and so on) or the Access-Control-Request-Method +// header in case of a pre-flight OPTIONS request must be one of the AllowedMethod +// elements. +// +// * Every header specified in the Access-Control-Request-Headers request +// header of a pre-flight request must match an AllowedHeader element. +// +// For more information about CORS, go to Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html) in the Amazon +// Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Related Resources +// +// * GetBucketCors +// +// * DeleteBucketCors +// +// * RESTOPTIONSobject // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -5134,8 +6816,32 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketEncryptionRequest(input *PutBucketEncryptionInput) (req *r // PutBucketEncryption API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Creates a new server-side encryption configuration (or replaces an existing -// one, if present). +// This implementation of the PUT operation uses the encryption subresource +// to set the default encryption state of an existing bucket. +// +// This implementation of the PUT operation sets default encryption for a buckets +// using server-side encryption with Amazon S3-managed keys SSE-S3 or AWS KMS +// customer master keys (CMKs) (SSE-KMS) bucket. For information about the Amazon +// S3 default encryption feature, see As a security precaution, the root user +// of the AWS account that owns a bucket can always use this operation, even +// if the policy explicitly denies the root user the ability to perform this +// action. in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// This operation requires AWS Signature Version 4. For more information, see +// Authenticating Requests (AWS Signature Version 4) (sig-v4-authenticating-requests.html). +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutEncryptionConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Related Resources +// +// * GetBucketEncryption +// +// * DeleteBucketEncryption // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -5210,8 +6916,54 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketInventoryConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketInventoryCon // PutBucketInventoryConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Adds an inventory configuration (identified by the inventory ID) from the -// bucket. +// This implementation of the PUT operation adds an inventory configuration +// (identified by the inventory ID) to the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 +// inventory configurations per bucket. +// +// Amazon S3 inventory generates inventories of the objects in the bucket on +// a daily or weekly basis, and the results are published to a flat file. The +// bucket that is inventoried is called the source bucket, and the bucket where +// the inventory flat file is stored is called the destination bucket. The destination +// bucket must be in the same AWS Region as the source bucket. +// +// When you configure an inventory for a source bucket, you specify the destination +// bucket where you want the inventory to be stored, and whether to generate +// the inventory daily or weekly. You can also configure what object metadata +// to include and whether to inventory all object versions or only current versions. +// For more information, see Amazon S3 Inventory (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//storage-inventory.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// You must create a bucket policy on the destination bucket to grant permissions +// to Amazon S3 to write objects to the bucket in the defined location. For +// an example policy, see Granting Permissions for Amazon S3 Inventory and Storage +// Class Analysis. (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/example-bucket-policies.html#example-bucket-policies-use-case-9) +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this +// permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions +// Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//s3-access-control.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Special Errors +// +// * HTTP 400 Bad Request Error Code: InvalidArgument Cause: Invalid Argument +// +// * HTTP 400 Bad Request Error Code: TooManyConfigurations Cause: You are +// attempting to create a new configuration but have already reached the +// 1,000-configuration limit. +// +// * HTTP 403 Forbidden Error Code: AccessDenied Cause: You are not the owner +// of the specified bucket, or you do not have the s3:PutInventoryConfiguration +// bucket permission to set the configuration on the bucket +// +// Related Resources +// +// * GetBucketInventoryConfiguration +// +// * DeleteBucketInventoryConfiguration +// +// * ListBucketInventoryConfigurations // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -5291,7 +7043,55 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleRequest(input *PutBucketLifecycleInput) (req *req // PutBucketLifecycle API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// No longer used, see the PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration operation. +// +// For an updated version of this API, see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration. +// This version has been deprecated. Existing lifecycle configurations will +// work. For new lifecycle configurations, use the updated API. +// +// Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing +// lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see +// Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//object-lifecycle-mgmt.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// By default, all Amazon S3 resources, including buckets, objects, and related +// subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website configuration) +// are private. Only the resource owner, the AWS account that created the resource, +// can access it. The resource owner can optionally grant access permissions +// to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, users must get +// the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission. +// +// You can also explicitly deny permissions. Explicit denial also supersedes +// any other permissions. If you want to prevent users or accounts from removing +// or deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for +// the following actions: +// +// * s3:DeleteObject +// +// * s3:DeleteObjectVersion +// +// * s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration +// +// For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to +// your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//s3-access-control.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// For more examples of transitioning objects to storage classes such as STANDARD_IA +// or ONEZONE_IA, see Examples of Lifecycle Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//intro-lifecycle-rules.html#lifecycle-configuration-examples). +// +// Related Resources +// +// * GetBucketLifecycle(Deprecated) +// +// * GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration +// +// * +// +// * By default, a resource owner—in this case, a bucket owner, which is +// the AWS account that created the bucket—can perform any of the operations. +// A resource owner can also grant others permission to perform the operation. +// For more information, see the following topics in the Amazon Simple Storage +// Service Developer Guide: Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//using-with-s3-actions.html) +// Managing Access Permissions to your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//s3-access-control.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -5370,8 +7170,69 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketLifecycleCon // PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Sets lifecycle configuration for your bucket. If a lifecycle configuration -// exists, it replaces it. +// Creates a new lifecycle configuration for the bucket or replaces an existing +// lifecycle configuration. For information about lifecycle configuration, see +// Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// Bucket lifecycle configuration now supports specifying a lifecycle rule using +// an object key name prefix, one or more object tags, or a combination of both. +// Accordingly, this section describes the latest API. The previous version +// of the API supported filtering based only on an object key name prefix, which +// is supported for backward compatibility. For the related API description, +// see PutBucketLifecycle. +// +// Rules +// +// You specify the lifecycle configuration in your request body. The lifecycle +// configuration is specified as XML consisting of one or more rules. Each rule +// consists of the following: +// +// * Filter identifying a subset of objects to which the rule applies. The +// filter can be based on a key name prefix, object tags, or a combination +// of both. +// +// * Status whether the rule is in effect. +// +// * One or more lifecycle transition and expiration actions that you want +// Amazon S3 to perform on the objects identified by the filter. If the state +// of your bucket is versioning-enabled or versioning-suspended, you can +// have many versions of the same object (one current version and zero or +// more noncurrent versions). Amazon S3 provides predefined actions that +// you can specify for current and noncurrent object versions. +// +// For more information, see Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html) +// and Lifecycle Configuration Elements (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/intro-lifecycle-rules.html). +// +// Permissions +// +// By default, all Amazon S3 resources are private, including buckets, objects, +// and related subresources (for example, lifecycle configuration and website +// configuration). Only the resource owner (that is, the AWS account that created +// it) can access the resource. The resource owner can optionally grant access +// permissions to others by writing an access policy. For this operation, a +// user must get the s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration permission. +// +// You can also explicitly deny permissions. Explicit deny also supersedes any +// other permissions. If you want to block users or accounts from removing or +// deleting objects from your bucket, you must deny them permissions for the +// following actions: +// +// * s3:DeleteObject +// +// * s3:DeleteObjectVersion +// +// * s3:PutLifecycleConfiguration +// +// For more information about permissions, see Managing Access Permissions to +// Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// The following are related to PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration: +// +// * Examples of Lifecycle Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/lifecycle-configuration-examples.html) +// +// * GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration +// +// * DeleteBucketLifecycle // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -5447,9 +7308,52 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketLoggingRequest(input *PutBucketLoggingInput) (req *request // PutBucketLogging API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Set the logging parameters for a bucket and to specify permissions for who -// can view and modify the logging parameters. To set the logging status of +// can view and modify the logging parameters. All logs are saved to buckets +// in the same AWS Region as the source bucket. To set the logging status of // a bucket, you must be the bucket owner. // +// The bucket owner is automatically granted FULL_CONTROL to all logs. You use +// the Grantee request element to grant access to other people. The Permissions +// request element specifies the kind of access the grantee has to the logs. +// +// Grantee Values +// +// You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights +// (using request elements) in the following ways: +// +// * By the person's ID: <>ID<><>GranteesEmail<> +// DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request. +// +// * By Email address: <>Grantees@email.com<> +// The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET +// Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser. +// +// * By URI: <>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<> +// +// To enable logging, you use LoggingEnabled and its children request elements. +// To disable logging, you use an empty BucketLoggingStatus request element: +// +// +// +// For more information about server access logging, see Server Access Logging +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerLogs.html). +// +// For more information about creating a bucket, see CreateBucket. For more +// information about returning the logging status of a bucket, see GetBucketLogging. +// +// The following operations are related to PutBucketLogging: +// +// * PutObject +// +// * DeleteBucket +// +// * CreateBucket +// +// * GetBucketLogging +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -5524,7 +7428,33 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketMetricsConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketMetricsConfigu // PutBucketMetricsConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Sets a metrics configuration (specified by the metrics configuration ID) -// for the bucket. +// for the bucket. You can have up to 1,000 metrics configurations per bucket. +// If you're updating an existing metrics configuration, note that this is a +// full replacement of the existing metrics configuration. If you don't include +// the elements you want to keep, they are erased. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutMetricsConfiguration +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default. The bucket owner +// can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// For information about CloudWatch request metrics for Amazon S3, see Monitoring +// Metrics with Amazon CloudWatch (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cloudwatch-monitoring.html). +// +// The following operations are related to PutBucketMetricsConfiguration: +// +// * DeleteBucketMetricsConfiguration +// +// * PutBucketMetricsConfiguration +// +// * ListBucketMetricsConfigurations +// +// GetBucketLifecycle has the following special error: +// +// * Error code: TooManyConfigurations Description:You are attempting to +// create a new configuration but have already reached the 1,000-configuration +// limit. HTTP Status Code: HTTP 400 Bad Request // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -5683,7 +7613,55 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest(input *PutBucketNotificat // PutBucketNotificationConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket. +// Enables notifications of specified events for a bucket. For more information +// about event notifications, see Configuring Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html). +// +// Using this API, you can replace an existing notification configuration. The +// configuration is an XML file that defines the event types that you want Amazon +// S3 to publish and the destination where you want Amazon S3 to publish an +// event notification when it detects an event of the specified type. +// +// By default, your bucket has no event notifications configured. That is, the +// notification configuration will be an empty NotificationConfiguration. +// +// +// +// +// +// This operation replaces the existing notification configuration with the +// configuration you include in the request body. +// +// After Amazon S3 receives this request, it first verifies that any Amazon +// Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) or Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon +// SQS) destination exists, and that the bucket owner has permission to publish +// to it by sending a test notification. In the case of AWS Lambda destinations, +// Amazon S3 verifies that the Lambda function permissions grant Amazon S3 permission +// to invoke the function from the Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, see +// Configuring Notifications for Amazon S3 Events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html). +// +// You can disable notifications by adding the empty NotificationConfiguration +// element. +// +// By default, only the bucket owner can configure notifications on a bucket. +// However, bucket owners can use a bucket policy to grant permission to other +// users to set this configuration with s3:PutBucketNotification permission. +// +// The PUT notification is an atomic operation. For example, suppose your notification +// configuration includes SNS topic, SQS queue, and Lambda function configurations. +// When you send a PUT request with this configuration, Amazon S3 sends test +// messages to your SNS topic. If the message fails, the entire PUT operation +// will fail, and Amazon S3 will not add the configuration to your bucket. +// +// Responses +// +// If the configuration in the request body includes only one TopicConfiguration +// specifying only the s3:ReducedRedundancyLostObject event type, the response +// will also include the x-amz-sns-test-message-id header containing the message +// ID of the test notification sent to topic. +// +// The following operations is related to PutBucketNotificationConfiguration: +// +// * GetBucketNotificationConfiguration // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -5758,7 +7736,28 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketPolicyRequest(input *PutBucketPolicyInput) (req *request.R // PutBucketPolicy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket. +// Applies an Amazon S3 bucket policy to an Amazon S3 bucket. If you are using +// an identity other than the root user of the AWS account that owns the bucket, +// the calling identity must have the PutBucketPolicy permissions on the specified +// bucket and belong to the bucket owner's account in order to use this operation. +// +// If you don't have PutBucketPolicy permissions, Amazon S3 returns a 403 Access +// Denied error. If you have the correct permissions, but you're not using an +// identity that belongs to the bucket owner's account, Amazon S3 returns a +// 405 Method Not Allowed error. +// +// As a security precaution, the root user of the AWS account that owns a bucket +// can always use this operation, even if the policy explicitly denies the root +// user the ability to perform this action. +// +// For more information about bucket policies, see Using Bucket Policies and +// User Policies (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-iam-policies.html). +// +// The following operations are related to PutBucketPolicy: +// +// * CreateBucket +// +// * DeleteBucket // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -5834,9 +7833,65 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketReplicationRequest(input *PutBucketReplicationInput) (req // PutBucketReplication API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Creates a replication configuration or replaces an existing one. For more -// information, see Cross-Region Replication (CRR) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/crr.html) +// information, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html) // in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide. // +// To perform this operation, the user or role performing the operation must +// have the iam:PassRole (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/id_roles_use_passrole.html) +// permission. +// +// Specify the replication configuration in the request body. In the replication +// configuration, you provide the name of the destination bucket where you want +// Amazon S3 to replicate objects, the IAM role that Amazon S3 can assume to +// replicate objects on your behalf, and other relevant information. +// +// A replication configuration must include at least one rule, and can contain +// a maximum of 1,000. Each rule identifies a subset of objects to replicate +// by filtering the objects in the source bucket. To choose additional subsets +// of objects to replicate, add a rule for each subset. All rules must specify +// the same destination bucket. +// +// To specify a subset of the objects in the source bucket to apply a replication +// rule to, add the Filter element as a child of the Rule element. You can filter +// objects based on an object key prefix, one or more object tags, or both. +// When you add the Filter element in the configuration, you must also add the +// following elements: DeleteMarkerReplication, Status, and Priority. +// +// For information about enabling versioning on a bucket, see Using Versioning +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/Versioning.html). +// +// By default, a resource owner, in this case the AWS account that created the +// bucket, can perform this operation. The resource owner can also grant others +// permissions to perform the operation. For more information about permissions, +// see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// Handling Replication of Encrypted Objects +// +// By default, Amazon S3 doesn't replicate objects that are stored at rest using +// server-side encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS. To replicate AWS KMS-encrypted +// objects, add the following: SourceSelectionCriteria, SseKmsEncryptedObjects, +// Status, EncryptionConfiguration, and ReplicaKmsKeyID. For information about +// replication configuration, see Replicating Objects Created with SSE Using +// CMKs stored in AWS KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-config-for-kms-objects.html). +// +// PutBucketReplication has the following special errors: +// +// * Error code: InvalidRequest Description: If the in +// has a value, the element must be specified. HTTP 400 +// +// * Error code: InvalidArgument Description: The element is empty. +// It must contain a valid account ID. HTTP 400 +// +// * Error code: InvalidArgument Description: The AWS account specified in +// the element must match the destination bucket owner. HTTP 400 +// +// The following operations are related to PutBucketReplication: +// +// * GetBucketReplication +// +// * DeleteBucketReplication +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -5913,8 +7968,14 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest(input *PutBucketRequestPaymentInput) // Sets the request payment configuration for a bucket. By default, the bucket // owner pays for downloads from the bucket. This configuration parameter enables // the bucket owner (only) to specify that the person requesting the download -// will be charged for the download. Documentation on requester pays buckets -// can be found at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RequesterPaysBuckets.html +// will be charged for the download. For more information, see Requester Pays +// Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RequesterPaysBuckets.html). +// +// The following operations are related to PutBucketRequestPayment: +// +// * CreateBucket +// +// * GetBucketRequestPayment // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -5991,6 +8052,47 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketTaggingRequest(input *PutBucketTaggingInput) (req *request // // Sets the tags for a bucket. // +// Use tags to organize your AWS bill to reflect your own cost structure. To +// do this, sign up to get your AWS account bill with tag key values included. +// Then, to see the cost of combined resources, organize your billing information +// according to resources with the same tag key values. For example, you can +// tag several resources with a specific application name, and then organize +// your billing information to see the total cost of that application across +// several services. For more information, see Cost Allocation and Tagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/cost-alloc-tags.html). +// +// Within a bucket, if you add a tag that has the same key as an existing tag, +// the new value overwrites the old value. For more information, see Using Cost +// Allocation in Amazon S3 Bucket Tags (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/CostAllocTagging.html). +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:PutBucketTagging +// action. The bucket owner has this permission by default and can grant this +// permission to others. For more information about permissions, see Permissions +// Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html). +// +// PutBucketTagging has the following special errors: +// +// * Error code: InvalidTagError Description: The tag provided was not a +// valid tag. This error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation. +// For information about tag restrictions, see User-Defined Tag Restrictions +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2//allocation-tag-restrictions.html) +// and AWS-Generated Cost Allocation Tag Restrictions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2//aws-tag-restrictions.html). +// +// * Error code: MalformedXMLError Description: The XML provided does not +// match the schema. +// +// * Error code: OperationAbortedError Description: A conflicting conditional +// operation is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again. +// +// * Error code: InternalError Description: The service was unable to apply +// the provided tag to the bucket. +// +// The following operations are related to PutBucketTagging: +// +// * GetBucketTagging +// +// * DeleteBucketTagging +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -6067,6 +8169,38 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketVersioningRequest(input *PutBucketVersioningInput) (req *r // Sets the versioning state of an existing bucket. To set the versioning state, // you must be the bucket owner. // +// You can set the versioning state with one of the following values: +// +// Enabled—Enables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects added +// to the bucket receive a unique version ID. +// +// Suspended—Disables versioning for the objects in the bucket. All objects +// added to the bucket receive the version ID null. +// +// If the versioning state has never been set on a bucket, it has no versioning +// state; a GetBucketVersioning request does not return a versioning state value. +// +// If the bucket owner enables MFA Delete in the bucket versioning configuration, +// the bucket owner must include the x-amz-mfa request header and the Status +// and the MfaDelete request elements in a request to set the versioning state +// of the bucket. +// +// If you have an object expiration lifecycle policy in your non-versioned bucket +// and you want to maintain the same permanent delete behavior when you enable +// versioning, you must add a noncurrent expiration policy. The noncurrent expiration +// lifecycle policy will manage the deletes of the noncurrent object versions +// in the version-enabled bucket. (A version-enabled bucket maintains one current +// and zero or more noncurrent object versions.) For more information, see Lifecycle +// and Versioning (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html#lifecycle-and-other-bucket-config). +// +// Related Resources +// +// * CreateBucket +// +// * DeleteBucket +// +// * GetBucketVersioning +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -6140,7 +8274,67 @@ func (c *S3) PutBucketWebsiteRequest(input *PutBucketWebsiteInput) (req *request // PutBucketWebsite API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Set the website configuration for a bucket. +// Sets the configuration of the website that is specified in the website subresource. +// To configure a bucket as a website, you can add this subresource on the bucket +// with website configuration information such as the file name of the index +// document and any redirect rules. For more information, see Hosting Websites +// on Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html). +// +// This PUT operation requires the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission. By default, +// only the bucket owner can configure the website attached to a bucket; however, +// bucket owners can allow other users to set the website configuration by writing +// a bucket policy that grants them the S3:PutBucketWebsite permission. +// +// To redirect all website requests sent to the bucket's website endpoint, you +// add a website configuration with the following elements. Because all requests +// are sent to another website, you don't need to provide index document name +// for the bucket. +// +// * WebsiteConfiguration +// +// * RedirectAllRequestsTo +// +// * HostName +// +// * Protocol +// +// If you want granular control over redirects, you can use the following elements +// to add routing rules that describe conditions for redirecting requests and +// information about the redirect destination. In this case, the website configuration +// must provide an index document for the bucket, because some requests might +// not be redirected. +// +// * WebsiteConfiguration +// +// * IndexDocument +// +// * Suffix +// +// * ErrorDocument +// +// * Key +// +// * RoutingRules +// +// * RoutingRule +// +// * Condition +// +// * HttpErrorCodeReturnedEquals +// +// * KeyPrefixEquals +// +// * Redirect +// +// * Protocol +// +// * HostName +// +// * ReplaceKeyPrefixWith +// +// * ReplaceKeyWith +// +// * HttpRedirectCode // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -6214,7 +8408,169 @@ func (c *S3) PutObjectRequest(input *PutObjectInput) (req *request.Request, outp // PutObject API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Adds an object to a bucket. +// Adds an object to a bucket. You must have WRITE permissions on a bucket to +// add an object to it. +// +// Amazon S3 never adds partial objects; if you receive a success response, +// Amazon S3 added the entire object to the bucket. +// +// Amazon S3 is a distributed system. If it receives multiple write requests +// for the same object simultaneously, it overwrites all but the last object +// written. Amazon S3 does not provide object locking; if you need this, make +// sure to build it into your application layer or use versioning instead. +// +// To ensure that data is not corrupted traversing the network, use the Content-MD5 +// header. When you use this header, Amazon S3 checks the object against the +// provided MD5 value and, if they do not match, returns an error. Additionally, +// you can calculate the MD5 while putting an object to Amazon S3 and compare +// the returned ETag to the calculated MD5 value. +// +// To configure your application to send the request headers before sending +// the request body, use the 100-continue HTTP status code. For PUT operations, +// this helps you avoid sending the message body if the message is rejected +// based on the headers (for example, because authentication fails or a redirect +// occurs). For more information on the 100-continue HTTP status code, see Section +// 8.2.3 of http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2616.txt (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2616.txt). +// +// You can optionally request server-side encryption. With server-side encryption, +// Amazon S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers +// and decrypts the data when you access it. You have the option to provide +// your own encryption key or use AWS-managed encryption keys. For more information, +// see Using Server-Side Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingServerSideEncryption.html). +// +// Access Permissions +// +// You can optionally specify the accounts or groups that should be granted +// specific permissions on the new object. There are two ways to grant the permissions +// using the request headers: +// +// * Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. For more information, +// see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL). +// +// * Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, +// x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. These parameters +// map to the set of permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an ACL. For more +// information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html). +// +// You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. +// You cannot do both. +// +// Server-Side- Encryption-Specific Request Headers +// +// You can optionally tell Amazon S3 to encrypt data at rest using server-side +// encryption. Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon +// S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts +// it when you access it. The option you use depends on whether you want to +// use AWS-managed encryption keys or provide your own encryption key. +// +// * Use encryption keys managed Amazon S3 or customer master keys (CMKs) +// stored in AWS Key Management Service (KMS) – If you want AWS to manage +// the keys used to encrypt data, specify the following headers in the request. +// x-amz-server-side​-encryption x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id +// x-amz-server-side-encryption-context If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, +// but don't provide x-amz-server-side- encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon +// S3 uses the AWS managed CMK in AWS KMS to protect the data. All GET and +// PUT requests for an object protected by AWS KMS fail if you don't make +// them with SSL or by using SigV4. For more information on Server-Side Encryption +// with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side +// Encryption with CMKs stored in AWS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingKMSEncryption.html). +// +// * Use customer-provided encryption keys – If you want to manage your +// own encryption keys, provide all the following headers in the request. +// x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-key +// x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-key-MD5 For more information +// on Server-Side Encryption with CMKs stored in KMS (SSE-KMS), see Protecting +// Data Using Server-Side Encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingKMSEncryption.html). +// +// Access-Control-List (ACL)-Specific Request Headers +// +// You also can use the following access control–related headers with this +// operation. By default, all objects are private. Only the owner has full access +// control. When adding a new object, you can grant permissions to individual +// AWS accounts or to predefined groups defined by Amazon S3. These permissions +// are then added to the Access Control List (ACL) on the object. For more information, +// see Using ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html). +// With this operation, you can grant access permissions using one of the following +// two methods: +// +// * Specify a canned ACL (x-amz-acl) — Amazon S3 supports a set of predefined +// ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a predefined set of grantees +// and permissions. For more information, see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL). +// +// * Specify access permissions explicitly — To explicitly grant access +// permissions to specific AWS accounts or groups, use the following headers. +// Each header maps to specific permissions that Amazon S3 supports in an +// ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html). +// In the header, you specify a list of grantees who get the specific permission. +// To grant permissions explicitly use: x-amz-grant-read x-amz-grant-write +// x-amz-grant-read-acp x-amz-grant-write-acp x-amz-grant-full-control You +// specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of the +// following: emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address +// of an AWS account Using email addresses to specify a grantee is only supported +// in the following AWS Regions: US East (N. Virginia) US West (N. California) +// US West (Oregon) Asia Pacific (Singapore) Asia Pacific (Sydney) Asia Pacific +// (Tokyo) EU (Ireland) South America (São Paulo) For a list of all the +// Amazon S3 supported regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region) +// in the AWS General Reference id – if the value specified is the canonical +// user ID of an AWS account uri – if you are granting permissions to a +// predefined group For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants +// the AWS accounts identified by email addresses permissions to read object +// data and its metadata: x-amz-grant-read: emailAddress="xyz@amazon.com", +// emailAddress="abc@amazon.com" +// +// Server-Side- Encryption-Specific Request Headers +// +// You can optionally tell Amazon S3 to encrypt data at rest using server-side +// encryption. Server-side encryption is for data encryption at rest. Amazon +// S3 encrypts your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts +// it when you access it. The option you use depends on whether you want to +// use AWS-managed encryption keys or provide your own encryption key. +// +// * Use encryption keys managed by Amazon S3 or customer master keys (CMKs) +// stored in AWS Key Management Service (KMS) – If you want AWS to manage +// the keys used to encrypt data, specify the following headers in the request. +// x-amz-server-side​-encryption x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id +// x-amz-server-side-encryption-context If you specify x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, +// but don't provide x-amz-server-side- encryption-aws-kms-key-id, Amazon +// S3 uses the default AWS KMS CMK to protect the data. All GET and PUT requests +// for an object protected by AWS KMS fail if you don't make them with SSL +// or by using SigV4. For more information on Server-Side Encryption with +// CMKs stored in AWS KMS (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side +// Encryption with CMKs stored in AWS KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingKMSEncryption.html). +// +// * Use customer-provided encryption keys – If you want to manage your +// own encryption keys, provide all the following headers in the request. +// If you use this feature, the ETag value that Amazon S3 returns in the +// response is not the MD5 of the object. x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm +// x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-key x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-key-MD5 +// For more information on Server-Side Encryption with CMKs stored in AWS +// KMS (SSE-KMS), see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption with CMKs +// stored in AWS KMS (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingKMSEncryption.html). +// +// Storage Class Options +// +// By default, Amazon S3 uses the Standard storage class to store newly created +// objects. The Standard storage class provides high durability and high availability. +// You can specify other storage classes depending on the performance needs. +// For more information, see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Versioning +// +// If you enable versioning for a bucket, Amazon S3 automatically generates +// a unique version ID for the object being stored. Amazon S3 returns this ID +// in the response using the x-amz-version-id response header. If versioning +// is suspended, Amazon S3 always uses null as the version ID for the object +// stored. For more information about returning the versioning state of a bucket, +// see GetBucketVersioning. If you enable versioning for a bucket, when Amazon +// S3 receives multiple write requests for the same object simultaneously, it +// stores all of the objects. +// +// Related Resources +// +// * CopyObject +// +// * DeleteObject // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -6289,7 +8645,72 @@ func (c *S3) PutObjectAclRequest(input *PutObjectAclInput) (req *request.Request // PutObjectAcl API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // uses the acl subresource to set the access control list (ACL) permissions -// for an object that already exists in a bucket +// for an object that already exists in a bucket. You must have WRITE_ACP permission +// to set the ACL of an object. +// +// Depending on your application needs, you may choose to set the ACL on an +// object using either the request body or the headers. For example, if you +// have an existing application that updates a bucket ACL using the request +// body, then you can continue to use that approach. +// +// Access Permissions +// +// You can set access permissions using one of the following methods: +// +// * Specify a canned ACL with the x-amz-acl request header. Amazon S3 supports +// a set of predefined ACLs, known as canned ACLs. Each canned ACL has a +// predefined set of grantees and permissions. Specify the canned ACL name +// as the value of x-amz-acl. If you use this header, you cannot use other +// access control specific headers in your request. For more information, +// see Canned ACL (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL). +// +// * Specify access permissions explicitly with the x-amz-grant-read, x-amz-grant-read-acp, +// x-amz-grant-write-acp, and x-amz-grant-full-control headers. When using +// these headers you specify explicit access permissions and grantees (AWS +// accounts or a Amazon S3 groups) who will receive the permission. If you +// use these ACL specific headers, you cannot use x-amz-acl header to set +// a canned ACL. These parameters map to the set of permissions that Amazon +// S3 supports in an ACL. For more information, see Access Control List (ACL) +// Overview (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html). +// You specify each grantee as a type=value pair, where the type is one of +// the following: emailAddress – if the value specified is the email address +// of an AWS account id – if the value specified is the canonical user +// ID of an AWS account uri – if you are granting permissions to a predefined +// group For example, the following x-amz-grant-read header grants list objects +// permission to the two AWS accounts identified by their email addresses. +// x-amz-grant-read: emailAddress="xyz@amazon.com", emailAddress="abc@amazon.com" +// +// You can use either a canned ACL or specify access permissions explicitly. +// You cannot do both. +// +// Grantee Values +// +// You can specify the person (grantee) to whom you're assigning access rights +// (using request elements) in the following ways: +// +// * By Email address: <>Grantees@email.com<>lt;/Grantee> +// The grantee is resolved to the CanonicalUser and, in a response to a GET +// Object acl request, appears as the CanonicalUser. +// +// * By the person's ID: <>ID<><>GranteesEmail<> +// DisplayName is optional and ignored in the request +// +// * By URI: <>http://acs.amazonaws.com/groups/global/AuthenticatedUsers<> +// +// Versioning +// +// The ACL of an object is set at the object version level. By default, PUT +// sets the ACL of the current version of an object. To set the ACL of a different +// version, use the versionId subresource. +// +// Related Resources +// +// * CopyObject +// +// * GetObject // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -6370,6 +8791,10 @@ func (c *S3) PutObjectLegalHoldRequest(input *PutObjectLegalHoldInput) (req *req // // Applies a Legal Hold configuration to the specified object. // +// Related Resources +// +// * Locking Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html) +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -6442,10 +8867,17 @@ func (c *S3) PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest(input *PutObjectLockConfiguration // PutObjectLockConfiguration API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Places an object lock configuration on the specified bucket. The rule specified -// in the object lock configuration will be applied by default to every new +// Places an Object Lock configuration on the specified bucket. The rule specified +// in the Object Lock configuration will be applied by default to every new // object placed in the specified bucket. // +// DefaultRetention requires either Days or Years. You can't specify both at +// the same time. +// +// Related Resources +// +// * Locking Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html) +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -6520,6 +8952,10 @@ func (c *S3) PutObjectRetentionRequest(input *PutObjectRetentionInput) (req *req // // Places an Object Retention configuration on an object. // +// Related Resources +// +// * Locking Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html) +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -6594,6 +9030,43 @@ func (c *S3) PutObjectTaggingRequest(input *PutObjectTaggingInput) (req *request // // Sets the supplied tag-set to an object that already exists in a bucket // +// A tag is a key-value pair. You can associate tags with an object by sending +// a PUT request against the tagging subresource that is associated with the +// object. You can retrieve tags by sending a GET request. For more information, +// see GetObjectTagging. +// +// For tagging-related restrictions related to characters and encodings, see +// Tag Restrictions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/awsaccountbilling/latest/aboutv2/allocation-tag-restrictions.html). +// Note that Amazon S3 limits the maximum number of tags to 10 tags per object. +// +// To use this operation, you must have permission to perform the s3:PutObjectTagging +// action. By default, the bucket owner has this permission and can grant this +// permission to others. +// +// To put tags of any other version, use the versionId query parameter. You +// also need permission for the s3:PutObjectVersionTagging action. +// +// For information about the Amazon S3 object tagging feature, see Object Tagging +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-tagging.html). +// +// Special Errors +// +// * Code: InvalidTagError Cause: The tag provided was not a valid tag. This +// error can occur if the tag did not pass input validation. For more information, +// see Object Tagging (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-tagging.html). +// +// * Code: MalformedXMLError Cause: The XML provided does not match the schema. +// +// * Code: OperationAbortedError Cause: A conflicting conditional operation +// is currently in progress against this resource. Please try again. +// +// * Code: InternalError Cause: The service was unable to apply the provided +// tag to the object. +// +// Related Resources +// +// * GetObjectTagging +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -6668,7 +9141,29 @@ func (c *S3) PutPublicAccessBlockRequest(input *PutPublicAccessBlockInput) (req // PutPublicAccessBlock API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // Creates or modifies the PublicAccessBlock configuration for an Amazon S3 -// bucket. +// bucket. In order to use this operation, you must have the s3:PutBucketPublicAccessBlock +// permission. For more information about Amazon S3 permissions, see Specifying +// Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html). +// +// When Amazon S3 evaluates the PublicAccessBlock configuration for a bucket +// or an object, it checks the PublicAccessBlock configuration for both the +// bucket (or the bucket that contains the object) and the bucket owner's account. +// If the PublicAccessBlock configurations are different between the bucket +// and the account, Amazon S3 uses the most restrictive combination of the bucket-level +// and account-level settings. +// +// For more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or an object +// public, see The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status). +// +// Related Resources +// +// * GetPublicAccessBlock +// +// * DeletePublicAccessBlock +// +// * GetBucketPolicyStatus +// +// * Using Amazon S3 Block Public Access (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/access-control-block-public-access.html) // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -6744,6 +9239,190 @@ func (c *S3) RestoreObjectRequest(input *RestoreObjectInput) (req *request.Reque // // Restores an archived copy of an object back into Amazon S3 // +// This operation performs the following types of requests: +// +// * select - Perform a select query on an archived object +// +// * restore an archive - Restore an archived object +// +// To use this operation, you must have permissions to perform the s3:RestoreObject +// and s3:GetObject actions. The bucket owner has this permission by default +// and can grant this permission to others. For more information about permissions, +// see Permissions Related to Bucket Subresource Operations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html#using-with-s3-actions-related-to-bucket-subresources) +// and Managing Access Permissions to Your Amazon S3 Resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-access-control.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Querying Archives with Select Requests +// +// You use a select type of request to perform SQL queries on archived objects. +// The archived objects that are being queried by the select request must be +// formatted as uncompressed comma-separated values (CSV) files. You can run +// queries and custom analytics on your archived data without having to restore +// your data to a hotter Amazon S3 tier. For an overview about select requests, +// see Querying Archived Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/querying-glacier-archives.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// When making a select request, do the following: +// +// * Define an output location for the select query's output. This must be +// an Amazon S3 bucket in the same AWS Region as the bucket that contains +// the archive object that is being queried. The AWS account that initiates +// the job must have permissions to write to the S3 bucket. You can specify +// the storage class and encryption for the output objects stored in the +// bucket. For more information about output, see Querying Archived Objects +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/querying-glacier-archives.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. For more information +// about the S3 structure in the request body, see the following: PutObject +// Managing Access with ACLs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/S3_ACLs_UsingACLs.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide Protecting Data Using +// Server-Side Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/serv-side-encryption.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide +// +// * Define the SQL expression for the SELECT type of restoration for your +// query in the request body's SelectParameters structure. You can use expressions +// like the following examples. The following expression returns all records +// from the specified object. SELECT * FROM Object Assuming that you are +// not using any headers for data stored in the object, you can specify columns +// with positional headers. SELECT s._1, s._2 FROM Object s WHERE s._3 > +// 100 If you have headers and you set the fileHeaderInfo in the CSV structure +// in the request body to USE, you can specify headers in the query. (If +// you set the fileHeaderInfo field to IGNORE, the first row is skipped for +// the query.) You cannot mix ordinal positions with header column names. +// SELECT s.Id, s.FirstName, s.SSN FROM S3Object s +// +// For more information about using SQL with Glacier Select restore, see SQL +// Reference for Amazon S3 Select and Glacier Select (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-glacier-select-sql-reference.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// When making a select request, you can also do the following: +// +// * To expedite your queries, specify the Expedited tier. For more information +// about tiers, see "Restoring Archives," later in this topic. +// +// * Specify details about the data serialization format of both the input +// object that is being queried and the serialization of the CSV-encoded +// query results. +// +// The following are additional important facts about the select feature: +// +// * The output results are new Amazon S3 objects. Unlike archive retrievals, +// they are stored until explicitly deleted-manually or through a lifecycle +// policy. +// +// * You can issue more than one select request on the same Amazon S3 object. +// Amazon S3 doesn't deduplicate requests, so avoid issuing duplicate requests. +// +// * Amazon S3 accepts a select request even if the object has already been +// restored. A select request doesn’t return error response 409. +// +// Restoring Archives +// +// Objects in the GLACIER and DEEP_ARCHIVE storage classes are archived. To +// access an archived object, you must first initiate a restore request. This +// restores a temporary copy of the archived object. In a restore request, you +// specify the number of days that you want the restored copy to exist. After +// the specified period, Amazon S3 deletes the temporary copy but the object +// remains archived in the GLACIER or DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class that object +// was restored from. +// +// To restore a specific object version, you can provide a version ID. If you +// don't provide a version ID, Amazon S3 restores the current version. +// +// The time it takes restore jobs to finish depends on which storage class the +// object is being restored from and which data access tier you specify. +// +// When restoring an archived object (or using a select request), you can specify +// one of the following data access tier options in the Tier element of the +// request body: +// +// * Expedited - Expedited retrievals allow you to quickly access your data +// stored in the GLACIER storage class when occasional urgent requests for +// a subset of archives are required. For all but the largest archived objects +// (250 MB+), data accessed using Expedited retrievals are typically made +// available within 1–5 minutes. Provisioned capacity ensures that retrieval +// capacity for Expedited retrievals is available when you need it. Expedited +// retrievals and provisioned capacity are not available for the DEEP_ARCHIVE +// storage class. +// +// * Standard - Standard retrievals allow you to access any of your archived +// objects within several hours. This is the default option for the GLACIER +// and DEEP_ARCHIVE retrieval requests that do not specify the retrieval +// option. Standard retrievals typically complete within 3-5 hours from the +// GLACIER storage class and typically complete within 12 hours from the +// DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class. +// +// * Bulk - Bulk retrievals are Amazon Glacier’s lowest-cost retrieval +// option, enabling you to retrieve large amounts, even petabytes, of data +// inexpensively in a day. Bulk retrievals typically complete within 5-12 +// hours from the GLACIER storage class and typically complete within 48 +// hours from the DEEP_ARCHIVE storage class. +// +// For more information about archive retrieval options and provisioned capacity +// for Expedited data access, see Restoring Archived Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/restoring-objects.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// You can use Amazon S3 restore speed upgrade to change the restore speed to +// a faster speed while it is in progress. You upgrade the speed of an in-progress +// restoration by issuing another restore request to the same object, setting +// a new Tier request element. When issuing a request to upgrade the restore +// tier, you must choose a tier that is faster than the tier that the in-progress +// restore is using. You must not change any other parameters, such as the Days +// request element. For more information, see Upgrading the Speed of an In-Progress +// Restore (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/restoring-objects.html#restoring-objects-upgrade-tier.title.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// To get the status of object restoration, you can send a HEAD request. Operations +// return the x-amz-restore header, which provides information about the restoration +// status, in the response. You can use Amazon S3 event notifications to notify +// you when a restore is initiated or completed. For more information, see Configuring +// Amazon S3 Event Notifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// After restoring an archived object, you can update the restoration period +// by reissuing the request with a new period. Amazon S3 updates the restoration +// period relative to the current time and charges only for the request-there +// are no data transfer charges. You cannot update the restoration period when +// Amazon S3 is actively processing your current restore request for the object. +// +// If your bucket has a lifecycle configuration with a rule that includes an +// expiration action, the object expiration overrides the life span that you +// specify in a restore request. For example, if you restore an object copy +// for 10 days, but the object is scheduled to expire in 3 days, Amazon S3 deletes +// the object in 3 days. For more information about lifecycle configuration, +// see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration and Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html) +// in Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Responses +// +// A successful operation returns either the 200 OK or 202 Accepted status code. +// +// * If the object copy is not previously restored, then Amazon S3 returns +// 202 Accepted in the response. +// +// * If the object copy is previously restored, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK +// in the response. +// +// Special Errors +// +// * Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress Cause: Object restore is already in progress. +// (This error does not apply to SELECT type requests.) HTTP Status Code: +// 409 Conflict SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client +// +// * Code: GlacierExpeditedRetrievalNotAvailable Cause: Glacier expedited +// retrievals are currently not available. Try again later. (Returned if +// there is insufficient capacity to process the Expedited request. This +// error applies only to Expedited retrievals and not to Standard or Bulk +// retrievals.) HTTP Status Code: 503 SOAP Fault Code Prefix: N/A +// +// Related Resources +// +// * PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration +// +// * GetBucketNotificationConfiguration +// +// * SQL Reference for Amazon S3 Select and Glacier Select (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-glacier-select-sql-reference.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -6825,11 +9504,89 @@ func (c *S3) SelectObjectContentRequest(input *SelectObjectContentInput) (req *r // SelectObjectContent API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // // This operation filters the contents of an Amazon S3 object based on a simple -// Structured Query Language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the -// SQL expression, you must also specify a data serialization format (JSON or -// CSV) of the object. Amazon S3 uses this to parse object data into records, -// and returns only records that match the specified SQL expression. You must -// also specify the data serialization format for the response. +// structured query language (SQL) statement. In the request, along with the +// SQL expression, you must also specify a data serialization format (JSON, +// CSV, or Apache Parquet) of the object. Amazon S3 uses this format to parse +// object data into records, and returns only records that match the specified +// SQL expression. You must also specify the data serialization format for the +// response. +// +// For more information about Amazon S3 Select, see Selecting Content from Objects +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/selecting-content-from-objects.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// For more information about using SQL with Amazon S3 Select, see SQL Reference +// for Amazon S3 Select and Glacier Select (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/s3-glacier-select-sql-reference.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Permissions +// +// You must have s3:GetObject permission for this operation. Amazon S3 Select +// does not support anonymous access. For more information about permissions, +// see Specifying Permissions in a Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/using-with-s3-actions.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Object Data Formats +// +// You can use Amazon S3 Select to query objects that have the following format +// properties: +// +// * CSV, JSON, and Parquet - Objects must be in CSV, JSON, or Parquet format. +// +// * UTF-8 - UTF-8 is the only encoding type Amazon S3 Select supports. +// +// * GZIP or BZIP2 - CSV and JSON files can be compressed using GZIP or BZIP2. +// GZIP and BZIP2 are the only compression formats that Amazon S3 Select +// supports for CSV and JSON files. Amazon S3 Select supports columnar compression +// for Parquet using GZIP or Snappy. Amazon S3 Select does not support whole-object +// compression for Parquet objects. +// +// * Server-side encryption - Amazon S3 Select supports querying objects +// that are protected with server-side encryption. For objects that are encrypted +// with customer-provided encryption keys (SSE-C), you must use HTTPS, and +// you must use the headers that are documented in the GetObject. For more +// information about SSE-C, see Server-Side Encryption (Using Customer-Provided +// Encryption Keys) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ServerSideEncryptionCustomerKeys.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. For objects that +// are encrypted with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3) and customer +// master keys (CMKs) stored in AWS Key Management Service (SSE-KMS), server-side +// encryption is handled transparently, so you don't need to specify anything. +// For more information about server-side encryption, including SSE-S3 and +// SSE-KMS, see Protecting Data Using Server-Side Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/serv-side-encryption.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Working with the Response Body +// +// Given the response size is unknown, Amazon S3 Select streams the response +// as a series of messages and includes a Transfer-Encoding header with chunked +// as its value in the response. For more information, see RESTSelectObjectAppendix . +// +// GetObject Support +// +// The SelectObjectContent operation does not support the following GetObject +// functionality. For more information, see GetObject. +// +// * Range: While you can specify a scan range for a Amazon S3 Select request, +// see SelectObjectContentRequest$ScanRange in the request parameters below, +// you cannot specify the range of bytes of an object to return. +// +// * GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE and REDUCED_REDUNDANCY storage classes: You cannot +// specify the GLACIER, DEEP_ARCHIVE, or REDUCED_REDUNDANCY storage classes. +// For more information, about storage classes see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingMetadata.html#storage-class-intro) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Special Errors +// +// For a list of special errors for this operation and for general information +// about Amazon S3 errors and a list of error codes, see ErrorResponses +// +// Related Resources +// +// * GetObject +// +// * GetBucketLifecycleConfiguration +// +// * PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -6905,12 +9662,87 @@ func (c *S3) UploadPartRequest(input *UploadPartInput) (req *request.Request, ou // // Uploads a part in a multipart upload. // +// In this operation, you provide part data in your request. However, you have +// an option to specify your existing Amazon S3 object as a data source for +// the part you are uploading. To upload a part from an existing object, you +// use the UploadPartCopy operation. +// +// You must initiate a multipart upload (see CreateMultipartUpload) before you +// can upload any part. In response to your initiate request, Amazon S3 returns +// an upload ID, a unique identifier, that you must include in your upload part +// request. +// +// Part numbers can be any number from 1 to 10,000, inclusive. A part number +// uniquely identifies a part and also defines its position within the object +// being created. If you upload a new part using the same part number that was +// used with a previous part, the previously uploaded part is overwritten. Each +// part must be at least 5 MB in size, except the last part. There is no size +// limit on the last part of your multipart upload. +// +// To ensure that data is not corrupted when traversing the network, specify +// the Content-MD5 header in the upload part request. Amazon S3 checks the part +// data against the provided MD5 value. If they do not match, Amazon S3 returns +// an error. +// // Note: After you initiate multipart upload and upload one or more parts, you // must either complete or abort multipart upload in order to stop getting charged // for storage of the uploaded parts. Only after you either complete or abort // multipart upload, Amazon S3 frees up the parts storage and stops charging // you for the parts storage. // +// For more information on multipart uploads, go to Multipart Upload Overview +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html) in the +// Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide . +// +// For information on the permissions required to use the multipart upload API, +// go to Multipart Upload API and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// You can optionally request server-side encryption where Amazon S3 encrypts +// your data as it writes it to disks in its data centers and decrypts it for +// you when you access it. You have the option of providing your own encryption +// key, or you can use the AWS-managed encryption keys. If you choose to provide +// your own encryption key, the request headers you provide in the request must +// match the headers you used in the request to initiate the upload by using +// CreateMultipartUpload. For more information, go to Using Server-Side Encryption +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingServerSideEncryption.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Server-side encryption is supported by the S3 Multipart Upload actions. Unless +// you are using a customer-provided encryption key, you don't need to specify +// the encryption parameters in each UploadPart request. Instead, you only need +// to specify the server side encryption parameters in the initial Initiate +// Multipart request. For more information, see CreateMultipartUpload. +// +// If you requested server-side encryption using a customer-provided encryption +// key in your initiate multipart upload request, you must provide identical +// encryption information in each part upload using the following headers. +// +// * x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-algorithm +// +// * x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-key +// +// * x-amz-server-side​-encryption​-customer-key-MD5 +// +// Special Errors +// +// * Code: NoSuchUpload Cause: The specified multipart upload does not exist. +// The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been +// aborted or completed. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault Code +// Prefix: Client +// +// Related Resources +// +// * CreateMultipartUpload +// +// * CompleteMultipartUpload +// +// * AbortMultipartUpload +// +// * ListParts +// +// * ListMultipartUploads +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -6983,7 +9815,93 @@ func (c *S3) UploadPartCopyRequest(input *UploadPartCopyInput) (req *request.Req // UploadPartCopy API operation for Amazon Simple Storage Service. // -// Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. +// Uploads a part by copying data from an existing object as data source. You +// specify the data source by adding the request header x-amz-copy-source in +// your request and a byte range by adding the request header x-amz-copy-source-range +// in your request. +// +// The minimum allowable part size for a multipart upload is 5 MB. For more +// information about multipart upload limits, go to Quick Facts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/qfacts.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// Instead of using an existing object as part data, you might use the UploadPart +// operation and provide data in your request. +// +// You must initiate a multipart upload before you can upload any part. In response +// to your initiate request. Amazon S3 returns a unique identifier, the upload +// ID, that you must include in your upload part request. +// +// For more information on using the UploadPartCopy operation, see the following +// topics: +// +// * For conceptual information on multipart uploads, go to Uploading Objects +// Using Multipart Upload (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/uploadobjusingmpu.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// * For information on permissions required to use the multipart upload +// API, go to Multipart Upload API and Permissions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuAndPermissions.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// * For information about copying objects using a single atomic operation +// vs. the multipart upload, go to Operations on Objects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectOperations.html) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. +// +// * For information about using server-side encryption with customer-provided +// encryption keys with the UploadPartCopy operation, see CopyObject and +// UploadPart. +// +// Note the following additional considerations about the request headers x-amz-copy-source-if-match, +// x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since +// +// * Consideration 1 - If both of the x-amz-copy-source-if-match and x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since +// headers are present in the request as follows: x-amz-copy-source-if-match +// condition evaluates to true, and; x-amz-copy-source-if-unmodified-since +// condition evaluates to false; then, S3 returns 200 OK and copies the data. +// +// * Consideration 2 - If both of the x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match and +// x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since headers are present in the request +// as follows: x-amz-copy-source-if-none-match condition evaluates to false, +// and; x-amz-copy-source-if-modified-since condition evaluates to true; +// then, S3 returns 412 Precondition Failed response code. +// +// Versioning +// +// If your bucket has versioning enabled, you could have multiple versions of +// the same object. By default, x-amz-copy-source identifies the current version +// of the object to copy. If the current version is a delete marker and you +// don't specify a versionId in the x-amz-copy-source, Amazon S3 returns a 404 +// error, because the object does not exist. If you specify versionId in the +// x-amz-copy-source and the versionId is a delete marker, Amazon S3 returns +// an HTTP 400 error, because you are not allowed to specify a delete marker +// as a version for the x-amz-copy-source. +// +// You can optionally specify a specific version of the source object to copy +// by adding the versionId subresource as shown in the following example: +// +// x-amz-copy-source: /bucket/object?versionId=version id +// +// Special Errors +// +// * Code: NoSuchUpload Cause: The specified multipart upload does not exist. +// The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might have been +// aborted or completed. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found +// +// * Code: InvalidRequest Cause: The specified copy source is not supported +// as a byte-range copy source. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request +// +// Related Resources +// +// * CreateMultipartUpload +// +// * UploadPart +// +// * CompleteMultipartUpload +// +// * AbortMultipartUpload +// +// * ListParts +// +// * ListMultipartUploads // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -7045,7 +9963,7 @@ func (s *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload) SetDaysAfterInitiation(v int64) *AbortI type AbortMultipartUploadInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"AbortMultipartUploadRequest" type:"structure"` - // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. + // The bucket to which the upload was taking place. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -7335,9 +10253,6 @@ func (s *AnalyticsAndOperator) SetTags(v []*Tag) *AnalyticsAndOperator { // Specifies the configuration and any analyses for the analytics filter of // an Amazon S3 bucket. -// -// For more information, see GET Bucket analytics (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketGETAnalyticsConfig.html) -// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference. type AnalyticsConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -7456,6 +10371,9 @@ func (s *AnalyticsExportDestination) SetS3BucketDestination(v *AnalyticsS3Bucket return s } +// The filter used to describe a set of objects for analyses. A filter must +// have exactly one prefix, one tag, or one conjunction (AnalyticsAndOperator). +// If no filter is provided, all objects will be considered in any analysis. type AnalyticsFilter struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -7518,6 +10436,7 @@ func (s *AnalyticsFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *AnalyticsFilter { return s } +// Contains information about where to publish the analytics results. type AnalyticsS3BucketDestination struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -7596,6 +10515,8 @@ func (s *AnalyticsS3BucketDestination) SetPrefix(v string) *AnalyticsS3BucketDes return s } +// In terms of implementation, a Bucket is a resource. An Amazon S3 bucket name +// is globally unique, and the namespace is shared by all AWS accounts. type Bucket struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -7679,6 +10600,7 @@ func (s *BucketLifecycleConfiguration) SetRules(v []*LifecycleRule) *BucketLifec return s } +// Container for logging status information. type BucketLoggingStatus struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -7727,7 +10649,8 @@ func (s *BucketLoggingStatus) SetLoggingEnabled(v *LoggingEnabled) *BucketLoggin type CORSConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // A set of allowed origins and methods. + // A set of origins and methods (cross-origin access that you want to allow). + // You can add up to 100 rules to the configuration. // // CORSRules is a required field CORSRules []*CORSRule `locationName:"CORSRule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` @@ -7859,7 +10782,8 @@ func (s *CORSRule) SetMaxAgeSeconds(v int64) *CORSRule { return s } -// Describes how a CSV-formatted input object is formatted. +// Describes how a uncompressed comma-separated values (CSV)-formatted input +// object is formatted. type CSVInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -7868,24 +10792,45 @@ type CSVInput struct { // to TRUE may lower performance. AllowQuotedRecordDelimiter *bool `type:"boolean"` - // The single character used to indicate a row should be ignored when present - // at the start of a row. + // A single character used to indicate that a row should be ignored when the + // character is present at the start of that row. You can specify any character + // to indicate a comment line. Comments *string `type:"string"` - // The value used to separate individual fields in a record. + // A single character used to separate individual fields in a record. You can + // specify an arbitrary delimiter. FieldDelimiter *string `type:"string"` - // Describes the first line of input. Valid values: None, Ignore, Use. + // Describes the first line of input. Valid values are: + // + // * NONE: First line is not a header. + // + // * IGNORE: First line is a header, but you can't use the header values + // to indicate the column in an expression. You can use column position (such + // as _1, _2, …) to indicate the column (SELECT s._1 FROM OBJECT s). + // + // * Use: First line is a header, and you can use the header value to identify + // a column in an expression (SELECT "name" FROM OBJECT). FileHeaderInfo *string `type:"string" enum:"FileHeaderInfo"` - // Value used for escaping where the field delimiter is part of the value. + // A single character used for escaping when the field delimiter is part of + // the value. For example, if the value is a, b, Amazon S3 wraps this field + // value in quotation marks, as follows: " a , b ". + // + // Type: String + // + // Default: " + // + // Ancestors: CSV QuoteCharacter *string `type:"string"` - // The single character used for escaping the quote character inside an already - // escaped value. + // A single character used for escaping the quotation mark character inside + // an already escaped value. For example, the value """ a , b """ is parsed + // as " a , b ". QuoteEscapeCharacter *string `type:"string"` - // The value used to separate individual records. + // A single character used to separate individual records in the input. Instead + // of the default value, you can specify an arbitrary delimiter. RecordDelimiter *string `type:"string"` } @@ -7941,24 +10886,33 @@ func (s *CSVInput) SetRecordDelimiter(v string) *CSVInput { return s } -// Describes how CSV-formatted results are formatted. +// Describes how uncompressed comma-separated values (CSV)-formatted results +// are formatted. type CSVOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The value used to separate individual fields in a record. + // The value used to separate individual fields in a record. You can specify + // an arbitrary delimiter. FieldDelimiter *string `type:"string"` - // The value used for escaping where the field delimiter is part of the value. + // A single character used for escaping when the field delimiter is part of + // the value. For example, if the value is a, b, Amazon S3 wraps this field + // value in quotation marks, as follows: " a , b ". QuoteCharacter *string `type:"string"` - // Th single character used for escaping the quote character inside an already + // The single character used for escaping the quote character inside an already // escaped value. QuoteEscapeCharacter *string `type:"string"` - // Indicates whether or not all output fields should be quoted. + // Indicates whether to use quotation marks around output fields. + // + // * ALWAYS: Always use quotation marks for output fields. + // + // * ASNEEDED: Use quotation marks for output fields when needed. QuoteFields *string `type:"string" enum:"QuoteFields"` - // The value used to separate individual records. + // A single character used to separate individual records in the output. Instead + // of the default value, you can specify an arbitrary delimiter. RecordDelimiter *string `type:"string"` } @@ -8002,9 +10956,12 @@ func (s *CSVOutput) SetRecordDelimiter(v string) *CSVOutput { return s } +// Container for specifying the AWS Lambda notification configuration. type CloudFunctionConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Lambda cloud function ARN that Amazon S3 can invoke when it detects events + // of the specified type. CloudFunction *string `type:"string"` // The bucket event for which to send notifications. @@ -8012,12 +10969,14 @@ type CloudFunctionConfiguration struct { // Deprecated: Event has been deprecated Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"` + // Bucket events for which to send notifications. Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true"` // An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. Id *string `type:"string"` + // The role supporting the invocation of the lambda function InvocationRole *string `type:"string"` } @@ -8061,9 +11020,15 @@ func (s *CloudFunctionConfiguration) SetInvocationRole(v string) *CloudFunctionC return s } +// Container for all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the next occurrence +// of the string specified by a delimiter. CommonPrefixes lists keys that act +// like subdirectories in the directory specified by Prefix. For example, if +// the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/) as in notes/summer/july, +// the common prefix is notes/summer/. type CommonPrefix struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Container for the specified common prefix. Prefix *string `type:"string"` } @@ -8086,12 +11051,17 @@ func (s *CommonPrefix) SetPrefix(v string) *CommonPrefix { type CompleteMultipartUploadInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"CompleteMultipartUploadRequest" type:"structure" payload:"MultipartUpload"` + // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated. + // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + // The container for the multipart upload request information. MultipartUpload *CompletedMultipartUpload `locationName:"CompleteMultipartUpload" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the @@ -8100,6 +11070,8 @@ type CompleteMultipartUploadInput struct { // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` + // ID for the initiated multipart upload. + // // UploadId is a required field UploadId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"uploadId" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -8179,32 +11151,43 @@ func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadInput) SetUploadId(v string) *CompleteMultipartU type CompleteMultipartUploadOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // The name of the bucket that contains the newly created object. Bucket *string `type:"string"` - // Entity tag of the object. + // Entity tag that identifies the newly created object's data. Objects with + // different object data will have different entity tags. The entity tag is + // an opaque string. The entity tag may or may not be an MD5 digest of the object + // data. If the entity tag is not an MD5 digest of the object data, it will + // contain one or more nonhexadecimal characters and/or will consist of less + // than 32 or more than 32 hexadecimal digits. ETag *string `type:"string"` // If the object expiration is configured, this will contain the expiration // date (expiry-date) and rule ID (rule-id). The value of rule-id is URL encoded. Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"` + // The object key of the newly created object. Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + // The URI that identifies the newly created object. Location *string `type:"string"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` - // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master - // encryption key that was used for the object. + // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) customer + // master key (CMK) that was used for the object. SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` - // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 - // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). + // If you specified server-side encryption either with an Amazon S3-managed + // encryption key or an AWS KMS customer master key (CMK) in your initiate multipart + // upload request, the response includes this header. It confirms the encryption + // algorithm that Amazon S3 used to encrypt the object. ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` - // Version of the object. + // Version ID of the newly created object, in case the bucket has versioning + // turned on. VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` } @@ -8279,9 +11262,11 @@ func (s *CompleteMultipartUploadOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *CompleteMultipar return s } +// The container for the completed multipart upload details. type CompletedMultipartUpload struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Array of CompletedPart data types. Parts []*CompletedPart `locationName:"Part" type:"list" flattened:"true"` } @@ -8301,6 +11286,7 @@ func (s *CompletedMultipartUpload) SetParts(v []*CompletedPart) *CompletedMultip return s } +// Details of the parts that were uploaded. type CompletedPart struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -8334,7 +11320,10 @@ func (s *CompletedPart) SetPartNumber(v int64) *CompletedPart { return s } -// Specifies a condition that must be met for a redirect to apply. +// A container for describing a condition that must be met for the specified +// redirect to apply. For example, 1. If request is for pages in the /docs folder, +// redirect to the /documents folder. 2. If request results in HTTP error 4xx, +// redirect request to another host where you might process the error. type Condition struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -8409,6 +11398,8 @@ type CopyObjectInput struct { // The canned ACL to apply to the object. ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` + // The name of the destination bucket. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -8476,6 +11467,8 @@ type CopyObjectInput struct { // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object. GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` + // The key of the destination object. + // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -8489,10 +11482,10 @@ type CopyObjectInput struct { // Specifies whether you want to apply a Legal Hold to the copied object. ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"` - // The object lock mode that you want to apply to the copied object. + // The Object Lock mode that you want to apply to the copied object. ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"` - // The date and time when you want the copied object's object lock to expire. + // The date and time when you want the copied object's Object Lock to expire. ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the @@ -8830,8 +11823,10 @@ func (s *CopyObjectInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *CopyObjectInput type CopyObjectOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CopyObjectResult"` + // Container for all response elements. CopyObjectResult *CopyObjectResult `type:"structure"` + // Version of the copied object in the destination bucket. CopySourceVersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-version-id" type:"string"` // If the object expiration is configured, the response includes this header. @@ -8856,8 +11851,8 @@ type CopyObjectOutput struct { // the encryption context key-value pairs. SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` - // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master - // encryption key that was used for the object. + // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) customer + // master key (CMK) that was used for the object. SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 @@ -8938,11 +11933,16 @@ func (s *CopyObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *CopyObjectOutput { return s } +// >Container for all response elements. type CopyObjectResult struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Returns the ETag of the new object. The ETag reflects only changes to the + // contents of an object, not its metadata. The source and destination ETag + // is identical for a successfully copied object. ETag *string `type:"string"` + // Returns the date that the object was last modified. LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` } @@ -8968,6 +11968,7 @@ func (s *CopyObjectResult) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *CopyObjectResult { return s } +// Container for all response elements. type CopyPartResult struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -9000,6 +12001,7 @@ func (s *CopyPartResult) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *CopyPartResult { return s } +// The configuration information for the bucket. type CreateBucketConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -9030,9 +12032,12 @@ type CreateBucketInput struct { // The canned ACL to apply to the bucket. ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"BucketCannedACL"` + // The name of the bucket to create. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // The configuration information for the bucket. CreateBucketConfiguration *CreateBucketConfiguration `locationName:"CreateBucketConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` // Allows grantee the read, write, read ACP, and write ACP permissions on the @@ -9051,8 +12056,7 @@ type CreateBucketInput struct { // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket. GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` - // Specifies whether you want Amazon S3 object lock to be enabled for the new - // bucket. + // Specifies whether you want S3 Object Lock to be enabled for the new bucket. ObjectLockEnabledForBucket *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bucket-object-lock-enabled" type:"boolean"` } @@ -9146,6 +12150,9 @@ func (s *CreateBucketInput) SetObjectLockEnabledForBucket(v bool) *CreateBucketI type CreateBucketOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Specifies the region where the bucket will be created. If you are creating + // a bucket on the US East (N. Virginia) region (us-east-1), you do not need + // to specify the location. Location *string `location:"header" locationName:"Location" type:"string"` } @@ -9171,6 +12178,8 @@ type CreateMultipartUploadInput struct { // The canned ACL to apply to the object. ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` + // The name of the bucket to which to initiate the upload + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -9206,6 +12215,8 @@ type CreateMultipartUploadInput struct { // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable object. GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` + // Object key for which the multipart upload is to be initiated. + // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -9215,10 +12226,10 @@ type CreateMultipartUploadInput struct { // Specifies whether you want to apply a Legal Hold to the uploaded object. ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"` - // Specifies the object lock mode that you want to apply to the uploaded object. + // Specifies the Object Lock mode that you want to apply to the uploaded object. ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"` - // Specifies the date and time when you want the object lock to expire. + // Specifies the date and time when you want the Object Lock to expire. ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the @@ -9480,11 +12491,20 @@ func (s *CreateMultipartUploadInput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *Creat type CreateMultipartUploadOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Date when multipart upload will become eligible for abort operation by lifecycle. + // If the bucket has a lifecycle rule configured with an action to abort incomplete + // multipart uploads and the prefix in the lifecycle rule matches the object + // name in the request, the response includes this header. The header indicates + // when the initiated multipart upload becomes eligible for an abort operation. + // For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket + // Lifecycle Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config). + // + // The response also includes the x-amz-abort-rule-id header that provides the + // ID of the lifecycle configuration rule that defines this action. AbortDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-date" type:"timestamp"` - // Id of the lifecycle rule that makes a multipart upload eligible for abort - // operation. + // This header is returned along with the x-amz-abort-date header. It identifies + // the applicable lifecycle configuration rule that defines the action to abort + // incomplete multipart uploads. AbortRuleId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-rule-id" type:"string"` // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. @@ -9512,8 +12532,8 @@ type CreateMultipartUploadOutput struct { // the encryption context key-value pairs. SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` - // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master - // encryption key that was used for the object. + // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) customer + // master key (CMK) that was used for the object. SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 @@ -9607,7 +12627,7 @@ func (s *CreateMultipartUploadOutput) SetUploadId(v string) *CreateMultipartUplo return s } -// The container element for specifying the default object lock retention settings +// The container element for specifying the default Object Lock retention settings // for new objects placed in the specified bucket. type DefaultRetention struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -9615,7 +12635,7 @@ type DefaultRetention struct { // The number of days that you want to specify for the default retention period. Days *int64 `type:"integer"` - // The default object lock retention mode you want to apply to new objects placed + // The default Object Lock retention mode you want to apply to new objects placed // in the specified bucket. Mode *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockRetentionMode"` @@ -9651,9 +12671,12 @@ func (s *DefaultRetention) SetYears(v int64) *DefaultRetention { return s } +// Container for the objects to delete. type Delete struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // The objects to delete. + // // Objects is a required field Objects []*ObjectIdentifier `locationName:"Object" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` @@ -9786,6 +12809,8 @@ func (s DeleteBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { type DeleteBucketCorsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketCorsRequest" type:"structure"` + // Specifies the bucket whose cors configuration is being deleted. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -9909,6 +12934,8 @@ func (s DeleteBucketEncryptionOutput) GoString() string { type DeleteBucketInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketRequest" type:"structure"` + // Specifies the bucket being deleted. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10031,6 +13058,8 @@ func (s DeleteBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { type DeleteBucketLifecycleInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketLifecycleRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket name of the lifecycle to delete. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10181,6 +13210,8 @@ func (s DeleteBucketOutput) GoString() string { type DeleteBucketPolicyInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketPolicyRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket name. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10243,9 +13274,6 @@ type DeleteBucketReplicationInput struct { // The bucket name. // - // It can take a while to propagate the deletion of a replication configuration - // to all Amazon S3 systems. - // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10306,6 +13334,8 @@ func (s DeleteBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string { type DeleteBucketTaggingInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketTaggingRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket that has the tag set to be removed. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10366,6 +13396,8 @@ func (s DeleteBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string { type DeleteBucketWebsiteInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteBucketWebsiteRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket name for which you want to remove the website configuration. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -10423,6 +13455,7 @@ func (s DeleteBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } +// Information about the delete marker. type DeleteMarkerEntry struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -10436,6 +13469,7 @@ type DeleteMarkerEntry struct { // Date and time the object was last modified. LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` + // The account that created the delete marker.> Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` // Version ID of an object. @@ -10482,11 +13516,21 @@ func (s *DeleteMarkerEntry) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteMarkerEntry { return s } -// Specifies whether Amazon S3 should replicate delete makers. +// Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates the delete markers. If you specify +// a Filter, you must specify this element. However, in the latest version of +// replication configuration (when Filter is specified), Amazon S3 doesn't replicate +// delete markers. Therefore, the DeleteMarkerReplication element can contain +// only Disabled. For an example configuration, see Basic Rule +// Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-config-min-rule-config). +// +// If you don't specify the Filter element, Amazon S3 assumes the replication +// configuration is the earlier version, V1. In the earlier version, Amazon +// S3 handled replication of delete markers differently. For more information, +// see Backward Compatibility (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-backward-compat-considerations). type DeleteMarkerReplication struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The status of the delete marker replication. + // Indicates whether to replicate delete markers. // // In the current implementation, Amazon S3 doesn't replicate the delete markers. // The status must be Disabled. @@ -10512,18 +13556,24 @@ func (s *DeleteMarkerReplication) SetStatus(v string) *DeleteMarkerReplication { type DeleteObjectInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteObjectRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket name of the bucket containing the object. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` - // Indicates whether Amazon S3 object lock should bypass governance-mode restrictions + // Indicates whether S3 Object Lock should bypass Governance-mode restrictions // to process this operation. BypassGovernanceRetention *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bypass-governance-retention" type:"boolean"` + // Key name of the object to delete. + // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` // The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space, - // and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. + // and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. Required to + // permanently delete a versionedobject if versioning is configured with MFA + // Deleteenabled. MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"` // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the @@ -10658,9 +13708,13 @@ func (s *DeleteObjectOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectOutput { type DeleteObjectTaggingInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteObjectTaggingRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket containing the objects from which to remove the tags. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Name of the tag. + // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -10751,19 +13805,25 @@ func (s *DeleteObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteObjectTaggingO type DeleteObjectsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"DeleteObjectsRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Delete"` + // The bucket name containing the objects to delete. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Specifies whether you want to delete this object even if it has a Governance-type - // object lock in place. You must have sufficient permissions to perform this + // Object Lock in place. You must have sufficient permissions to perform this // operation. BypassGovernanceRetention *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bypass-governance-retention" type:"boolean"` + // Container for the request. + // // Delete is a required field Delete *Delete `locationName:"Delete" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` // The concatenation of the authentication device's serial number, a space, - // and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. + // and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. Required to + // permanently delete a versioned object if versioning is configured with MFA + // Delete enabled. MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"` // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the @@ -10847,8 +13907,12 @@ func (s *DeleteObjectsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *DeleteObjectsInput { type DeleteObjectsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Container element for a successful delete. It identifies the object that + // was successfully deleted. Deleted []*DeletedObject `type:"list" flattened:"true"` + // Container for a failed delete operation that describes the object that Amazon + // S3 attempted to delete and the error it encountered. Errors []*Error `locationName:"Error" type:"list" flattened:"true"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the @@ -10946,15 +14010,24 @@ func (s DeletePublicAccessBlockOutput) GoString() string { return s.String() } +// Information about the deleted object. type DeletedObject struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Specifies whether the versioned object that was permanently deleted was (true) + // or was not (false) a delete marker. In a simple DELETE, this header indicates + // whether (true) or not (false) a delete marker was created. DeleteMarker *bool `type:"boolean"` + // The version ID of the delete marker created as a result of the DELETE operation. + // If you delete a specific object version, the value returned by this header + // is the version ID of the object version deleted. DeleteMarkerVersionId *string `type:"string"` + // The name of the deleted object. Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + // The version ID of the deleted object. VersionId *string `type:"string"` } @@ -11008,17 +14081,12 @@ type Destination struct { // direct Amazon S3 to change replica ownership to the AWS account that owns // the destination bucket by specifying the AccessControlTranslation property, // this is the account ID of the destination bucket owner. For more information, - // see Cross-Region Replication Additional Configuration: Change Replica Owner - // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/crr-change-owner.html) in - // the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. + // see Replication Additional Configuration: Change Replica Owner (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-change-owner.html) + // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. Account *string `type:"string"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the bucket where you want Amazon S3 to - // store replicas of the object identified by the rule. - // - // A replication configuration can replicate objects to only one destination - // bucket. If there are multiple rules in your replication configuration, all - // rules must specify the same destination bucket. + // store the results. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -11102,8 +14170,7 @@ func (s *Destination) SetStorageClass(v string) *Destination { return s } -// Describes the server-side encryption that will be applied to the restore -// results. +// Contains the type of server-side encryption used. type Encryption struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -11189,6 +14256,9 @@ func (s *EncryptionConfiguration) SetReplicaKmsKeyID(v string) *EncryptionConfig return s } +// A message that indicates the request is complete and no more messages will +// be sent. You should not assume that the request is complete until the client +// receives an EndEvent. type EndEvent struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"EndEvent" type:"structure"` } @@ -11215,15 +14285,375 @@ func (s *EndEvent) UnmarshalEvent( return nil } +// Container for all error elements. type Error struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // The error code is a string that uniquely identifies an error condition. It + // is meant to be read and understood by programs that detect and handle errors + // by type. + // + // Amazon S3 error codes + // + // * Code: AccessDenied Description: Access Denied HTTP Status Code: 403 + // Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: AccountProblem Description: There is a problem with your AWS account + // that prevents the operation from completing successfully. Contact AWS + // Support for further assistance. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault + // Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: AllAccessDisabled Description: All access to this Amazon S3 resource + // has been disabled. Contact AWS Support for further assistance. HTTP Status + // Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: AmbiguousGrantByEmailAddress Description: The email address you + // provided is associated with more than one account. HTTP Status Code: 400 + // Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: AuthorizationHeaderMalformed Description: The authorization header + // you provided is invalid. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request HTTP Status + // Code: N/A + // + // * Code: BadDigest Description: The Content-MD5 you specified did not match + // what we received. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: + // Client + // + // * Code: BucketAlreadyExists Description: The requested bucket name is + // not available. The bucket namespace is shared by all users of the system. + // Please select a different name and try again. HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict + // SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou Description: The bucket you tried to create + // already exists, and you own it. Amazon S3 returns this error in all AWS + // Regions except in the North Virginia region. For legacy compatibility, + // if you re-create an existing bucket that you already own in the North + // Virginia region, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and resets the bucket access + // control lists (ACLs). Code: 409 Conflict (in all regions except the North + // Virginia region) SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: BucketNotEmpty Description: The bucket you tried to delete is + // not empty. HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: CredentialsNotSupported Description: This request does not support + // credentials. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: + // Client + // + // * Code: CrossLocationLoggingProhibited Description: Cross-location logging + // not allowed. Buckets in one geographic location cannot log information + // to a bucket in another location. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP + // Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: EntityTooSmall Description: Your proposed upload is smaller than + // the minimum allowed object size. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP + // Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: EntityTooLarge Description: Your proposed upload exceeds the maximum + // allowed object size. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code + // Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: ExpiredToken Description: The provided token has expired. HTTP + // Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: IllegalVersioningConfigurationException Description: Indicates + // that the versioning configuration specified in the request is invalid. + // HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: IncompleteBody Description: You did not provide the number of + // bytes specified by the Content-Length HTTP header HTTP Status Code: 400 + // Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: IncorrectNumberOfFilesInPostRequest Description: POST requires + // exactly one file upload per request. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InlineDataTooLarge Description: Inline data exceeds the maximum + // allowed size. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: + // Client + // + // * Code: InternalError Description: We encountered an internal error. Please + // try again. HTTP Status Code: 500 Internal Server Error SOAP Fault Code + // Prefix: Server + // + // * Code: InvalidAccessKeyId Description: The AWS access key ID you provided + // does not exist in our records. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault + // Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidAddressingHeader Description: You must specify the Anonymous + // role. HTTP Status Code: N/A SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidArgument Description: Invalid Argument HTTP Status Code: + // 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidBucketName Description: The specified bucket is not valid. + // HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidBucketState Description: The request is not valid with + // the current state of the bucket. HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict SOAP Fault + // Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidDigest Description: The Content-MD5 you specified is not + // valid. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidEncryptionAlgorithmError Description: The encryption request + // you specified is not valid. The valid value is AES256. HTTP Status Code: + // 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidLocationConstraint Description: The specified location + // constraint is not valid. For more information about Regions, see How to + // Select a Region for Your Buckets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingBucket.html#access-bucket-intro). + // HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidObjectState Description: The operation is not valid for + // the current state of the object. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP + // Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidPart Description: One or more of the specified parts could + // not be found. The part might not have been uploaded, or the specified + // entity tag might not have matched the part's entity tag. HTTP Status Code: + // 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidPartOrder Description: The list of parts was not in ascending + // order. Parts list must be specified in order by part number. HTTP Status + // Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidPayer Description: All access to this object has been disabled. + // Please contact AWS Support for further assistance. HTTP Status Code: 403 + // Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidPolicyDocument Description: The content of the form does + // not meet the conditions specified in the policy document. HTTP Status + // Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidRange Description: The requested range cannot be satisfied. + // HTTP Status Code: 416 Requested Range Not Satisfiable SOAP Fault Code + // Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Please use AWS4-HMAC-SHA256. HTTP + // Status Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A + // + // * Code: InvalidRequest Description: SOAP requests must be made over an + // HTTPS connection. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: + // Client + // + // * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is + // not supported for buckets with non-DNS compliant names. HTTP Status Code: + // 400 Bad Request Code: N/A + // + // * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is + // not supported for buckets with periods (.) in their names. HTTP Status + // Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A + // + // * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Accelerate endpoint + // only supports virtual style requests. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // Code: N/A + // + // * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Accelerate is not + // configured on this bucket. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A + // + // * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Accelerate is disabled + // on this bucket. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A + // + // * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration is + // not supported on this bucket. Contact AWS Support for more information. + // HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A + // + // * Code: InvalidRequest Description: Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration cannot + // be enabled on this bucket. Contact AWS Support for more information. HTTP + // Status Code: 400 Bad Request Code: N/A + // + // * Code: InvalidSecurity Description: The provided security credentials + // are not valid. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: + // Client + // + // * Code: InvalidSOAPRequest Description: The SOAP request body is invalid. + // HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidStorageClass Description: The storage class you specified + // is not valid. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: + // Client + // + // * Code: InvalidTargetBucketForLogging Description: The target bucket for + // logging does not exist, is not owned by you, or does not have the appropriate + // grants for the log-delivery group. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP + // Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidToken Description: The provided token is malformed or otherwise + // invalid. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: InvalidURI Description: Couldn't parse the specified URI. HTTP + // Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: KeyTooLongError Description: Your key is too long. HTTP Status + // Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: MalformedACLError Description: The XML you provided was not well-formed + // or did not validate against our published schema. HTTP Status Code: 400 + // Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: MalformedPOSTRequest Description: The body of your POST request + // is not well-formed multipart/form-data. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: MalformedXML Description: This happens when the user sends malformed + // XML (XML that doesn't conform to the published XSD) for the configuration. + // The error message is, "The XML you provided was not well-formed or did + // not validate against our published schema." HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad + // Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: MaxMessageLengthExceeded Description: Your request was too big. + // HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: MaxPostPreDataLengthExceededError Description: Your POST request + // fields preceding the upload file were too large. HTTP Status Code: 400 + // Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: MetadataTooLarge Description: Your metadata headers exceed the + // maximum allowed metadata size. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP + // Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: MethodNotAllowed Description: The specified method is not allowed + // against this resource. HTTP Status Code: 405 Method Not Allowed SOAP Fault + // Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: MissingAttachment Description: A SOAP attachment was expected, + // but none were found. HTTP Status Code: N/A SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: MissingContentLength Description: You must provide the Content-Length + // HTTP header. HTTP Status Code: 411 Length Required SOAP Fault Code Prefix: + // Client + // + // * Code: MissingRequestBodyError Description: This happens when the user + // sends an empty XML document as a request. The error message is, "Request + // body is empty." HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: + // Client + // + // * Code: MissingSecurityElement Description: The SOAP 1.1 request is missing + // a security element. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code + // Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: MissingSecurityHeader Description: Your request is missing a required + // header. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: NoLoggingStatusForKey Description: There is no such thing as a + // logging status subresource for a key. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: NoSuchBucket Description: The specified bucket does not exist. + // HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: NoSuchBucketPolicy Description: The specified bucket does not + // have a bucket policy. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault Code + // Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: NoSuchKey Description: The specified key does not exist. HTTP + // Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: NoSuchLifecycleConfiguration Description: The lifecycle configuration + // does not exist. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault Code Prefix: + // Client + // + // * Code: NoSuchUpload Description: The specified multipart upload does + // not exist. The upload ID might be invalid, or the multipart upload might + // have been aborted or completed. HTTP Status Code: 404 Not Found SOAP Fault + // Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: NoSuchVersion Description: Indicates that the version ID specified + // in the request does not match an existing version. HTTP Status Code: 404 + // Not Found SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: NotImplemented Description: A header you provided implies functionality + // that is not implemented. HTTP Status Code: 501 Not Implemented SOAP Fault + // Code Prefix: Server + // + // * Code: NotSignedUp Description: Your account is not signed up for the + // Amazon S3 service. You must sign up before you can use Amazon S3. You + // can sign up at the following URL: https://aws.amazon.com/s3 HTTP Status + // Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: OperationAborted Description: A conflicting conditional operation + // is currently in progress against this resource. Try again. HTTP Status + // Code: 409 Conflict SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: PermanentRedirect Description: The bucket you are attempting to + // access must be addressed using the specified endpoint. Send all future + // requests to this endpoint. HTTP Status Code: 301 Moved Permanently SOAP + // Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: PreconditionFailed Description: At least one of the preconditions + // you specified did not hold. HTTP Status Code: 412 Precondition Failed + // SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: Redirect Description: Temporary redirect. HTTP Status Code: 307 + // Moved Temporarily SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: RestoreAlreadyInProgress Description: Object restore is already + // in progress. HTTP Status Code: 409 Conflict SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: RequestIsNotMultiPartContent Description: Bucket POST must be + // of the enclosure-type multipart/form-data. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request + // SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: RequestTimeout Description: Your socket connection to the server + // was not read from or written to within the timeout period. HTTP Status + // Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: RequestTimeTooSkewed Description: The difference between the request + // time and the server's time is too large. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden + // SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: RequestTorrentOfBucketError Description: Requesting the torrent + // file of a bucket is not permitted. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP + // Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: SignatureDoesNotMatch Description: The request signature we calculated + // does not match the signature you provided. Check your AWS secret access + // key and signing method. For more information, see REST Authentication + // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html) + // and SOAP Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/SOAPAuthentication.html) + // for details. HTTP Status Code: 403 Forbidden SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: ServiceUnavailable Description: Reduce your request rate. HTTP + // Status Code: 503 Service Unavailable SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Server + // + // * Code: SlowDown Description: Reduce your request rate. HTTP Status Code: + // 503 Slow Down SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Server + // + // * Code: TemporaryRedirect Description: You are being redirected to the + // bucket while DNS updates. HTTP Status Code: 307 Moved Temporarily SOAP + // Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: TokenRefreshRequired Description: The provided token must be refreshed. + // HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: TooManyBuckets Description: You have attempted to create more + // buckets than allowed. HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code + // Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: UnexpectedContent Description: This request does not support content. + // HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: UnresolvableGrantByEmailAddress Description: The email address + // you provided does not match any account on record. HTTP Status Code: 400 + // Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client + // + // * Code: UserKeyMustBeSpecified Description: The bucket POST must contain + // the specified field name. If it is specified, check the order of the fields. + // HTTP Status Code: 400 Bad Request SOAP Fault Code Prefix: Client Code *string `type:"string"` + // The error key. Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + // The error message contains a generic description of the error condition in + // English. It is intended for a human audience. Simple programs display the + // message directly to the end user if they encounter an error condition they + // don't know how or don't care to handle. Sophisticated programs with more + // exhaustive error handling and proper internationalization are more likely + // to ignore the error message. Message *string `type:"string"` + // The version ID of the error. VersionId *string `type:"string"` } @@ -11261,6 +14691,7 @@ func (s *Error) SetVersionId(v string) *Error { return s } +// The error information. type ErrorDocument struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -11302,6 +14733,46 @@ func (s *ErrorDocument) SetKey(v string) *ErrorDocument { return s } +// A container that specifies information about existing object replication. +// You can choose whether to enable or disable the replication of existing objects. +type ExistingObjectReplication struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // Specifies whether existing object replication is enabled. + // + // Status is a required field + Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExistingObjectReplicationStatus"` +} + +// String returns the string representation +func (s ExistingObjectReplication) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation +func (s ExistingObjectReplication) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. +func (s *ExistingObjectReplication) Validate() error { + invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ExistingObjectReplication"} + if s.Status == nil { + invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Status")) + } + + if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { + return invalidParams + } + return nil +} + +// SetStatus sets the Status field's value. +func (s *ExistingObjectReplication) SetStatus(v string) *ExistingObjectReplication { + s.Status = &v + return s +} + // Specifies the Amazon S3 object key name to filter on and whether to filter // on the suffix or prefix of the key name. type FilterRule struct { @@ -11414,6 +14885,8 @@ func (s *GetBucketAccelerateConfigurationOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetBucketA type GetBucketAclInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketAclRequest" type:"structure"` + // Specifies the S3 bucket whose ACL is being requested. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -11463,6 +14936,7 @@ type GetBucketAclOutput struct { // A list of grants. Grants []*Grant `locationName:"AccessControlList" locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"` + // Container for the bucket owner's display name and ID. Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` } @@ -11576,6 +15050,8 @@ func (s *GetBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) SetAnalyticsConfiguration(v *Ana type GetBucketCorsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketCorsRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket name for which to get the cors configuration. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -11622,6 +15098,8 @@ func (s *GetBucketCorsInput) getBucket() (v string) { type GetBucketCorsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // A set of origins and methods (cross-origin access that you want to allow). + // You can add up to 100 rules to the configuration. CORSRules []*CORSRule `locationName:"CORSRule" type:"list" flattened:"true"` } @@ -11801,6 +15279,8 @@ func (s *GetBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) SetInventoryConfiguration(v *Inv type GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"` + // The name of the bucket for which to the the lifecycle information. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -11847,6 +15327,7 @@ func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { type GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Container for a lifecycle rule. Rules []*LifecycleRule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true"` } @@ -11869,6 +15350,8 @@ func (s *GetBucketLifecycleConfigurationOutput) SetRules(v []*LifecycleRule) *Ge type GetBucketLifecycleInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketLifecycleRequest" type:"structure"` + // The name of the bucket for which to the the lifecycle information. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -11915,6 +15398,7 @@ func (s *GetBucketLifecycleInput) getBucket() (v string) { type GetBucketLifecycleOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Container for a lifecycle rule. Rules []*Rule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true"` } @@ -11937,6 +15421,8 @@ func (s *GetBucketLifecycleOutput) SetRules(v []*Rule) *GetBucketLifecycleOutput type GetBucketLocationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketLocationRequest" type:"structure"` + // The name of the bucket for which to get the location. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -11983,6 +15469,8 @@ func (s *GetBucketLocationInput) getBucket() (v string) { type GetBucketLocationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Specifies the region where the bucket resides. For a list of all the Amazon + // S3 supported location constraints by region, see Regions and Endpoints (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande.html#s3_region). LocationConstraint *string `type:"string" enum:"BucketLocationConstraint"` } @@ -12005,6 +15493,8 @@ func (s *GetBucketLocationOutput) SetLocationConstraint(v string) *GetBucketLoca type GetBucketLoggingInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketLoggingRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket name for which to get the logging information. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -12162,7 +15652,7 @@ func (s *GetBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) SetMetricsConfiguration(v *Metrics type GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"` - // Name of the bucket to get the notification configuration for. + // Name of the bucket for which to get the notification configuration // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -12210,6 +15700,8 @@ func (s *GetBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest) getBucket() (v string) { type GetBucketPolicyInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketPolicyRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket name for which to get the bucket policy. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -12350,6 +15842,8 @@ func (s *GetBucketPolicyStatusOutput) SetPolicyStatus(v *PolicyStatus) *GetBucke type GetBucketReplicationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketReplicationRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket name for which to get the replication information. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -12420,6 +15914,8 @@ func (s *GetBucketReplicationOutput) SetReplicationConfiguration(v *ReplicationC type GetBucketRequestPaymentInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketRequestPaymentRequest" type:"structure"` + // The name of the bucket for which to get the payment request configuration + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -12489,6 +15985,8 @@ func (s *GetBucketRequestPaymentOutput) SetPayer(v string) *GetBucketRequestPaym type GetBucketTaggingInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketTaggingRequest" type:"structure"` + // The name of the bucket for which to get the tagging information. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -12535,6 +16033,8 @@ func (s *GetBucketTaggingInput) getBucket() (v string) { type GetBucketTaggingOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Contains the tag set. + // // TagSet is a required field TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -12558,6 +16058,8 @@ func (s *GetBucketTaggingOutput) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *GetBucketTaggingOutput { type GetBucketVersioningInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketVersioningRequest" type:"structure"` + // The name of the bucket for which to get the versioning information. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -12638,6 +16140,8 @@ func (s *GetBucketVersioningOutput) SetStatus(v string) *GetBucketVersioningOutp type GetBucketWebsiteInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetBucketWebsiteRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket name for which to get the website configuration. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -12684,14 +16188,17 @@ func (s *GetBucketWebsiteInput) getBucket() (v string) { type GetBucketWebsiteOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // The name of the error document for the website. ErrorDocument *ErrorDocument `type:"structure"` + // The name of the index document for the website. IndexDocument *IndexDocument `type:"structure"` // Specifies the redirect behavior of all requests to a website endpoint of // an Amazon S3 bucket. RedirectAllRequestsTo *RedirectAllRequestsTo `type:"structure"` + // Rules that define when a redirect is applied and the redirect behavior. RoutingRules []*RoutingRule `locationNameList:"RoutingRule" type:"list"` } @@ -12732,9 +16239,13 @@ func (s *GetBucketWebsiteOutput) SetRoutingRules(v []*RoutingRule) *GetBucketWeb type GetObjectAclInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectAclRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket name of the object for which to get the ACL information. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // The key of the object for which to get the ACL information. + // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -12817,6 +16328,7 @@ type GetObjectAclOutput struct { // A list of grants. Grants []*Grant `locationName:"AccessControlList" locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"` + // Container for the bucket owner's display name and ID. Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the @@ -12855,6 +16367,8 @@ func (s *GetObjectAclOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *GetObjectAclOutput { type GetObjectInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket name containing the object. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -12874,6 +16388,8 @@ type GetObjectInput struct { // otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed). IfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Unmodified-Since" type:"timestamp"` + // Key of the object to get. + // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -13201,7 +16717,7 @@ func (s *GetObjectLegalHoldOutput) SetLegalHold(v *ObjectLockLegalHold) *GetObje type GetObjectLockConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectLockConfigurationRequest" type:"structure"` - // The bucket whose object lock configuration you want to retrieve. + // The bucket whose Object Lock configuration you want to retrieve. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -13249,7 +16765,7 @@ func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationInput) getBucket() (v string) { type GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"ObjectLockConfiguration"` - // The specified bucket's object lock configuration. + // The specified bucket's Object Lock configuration. ObjectLockConfiguration *ObjectLockConfiguration `type:"structure"` } @@ -13272,6 +16788,7 @@ func (s *GetObjectLockConfigurationOutput) SetObjectLockConfiguration(v *ObjectL type GetObjectOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"` + // Indicates that a range of bytes was specifed. AcceptRanges *string `location:"header" locationName:"accept-ranges" type:"string"` // Object data. @@ -13333,15 +16850,17 @@ type GetObjectOutput struct { // returned if you have permission to view an object's legal hold status. ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"` - // The object lock mode currently in place for this object. + // The Object Lock mode currently in place for this object. ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"` - // The date and time when this object's object lock will expire. + // The date and time when this object's Object Lock will expire. ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // The count of parts this object has. PartsCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mp-parts-count" type:"integer"` + // Amazon S3 can return this if your request involves a bucket that is either + // a source or destination in a replication rule. ReplicationStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-replication-status" type:"string" enum:"ReplicationStatus"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the @@ -13362,14 +16881,16 @@ type GetObjectOutput struct { // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` - // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master - // encryption key that was used for the object. + // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) customer + // master key (CMK) that was used for the object. SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` + // Provides storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this + // header for all objects except for Standard storage class objects. StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` // The number of tags, if any, on the object. @@ -13692,12 +17213,17 @@ func (s *GetObjectRetentionOutput) SetRetention(v *ObjectLockRetention) *GetObje type GetObjectTaggingInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectTaggingRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket name containing the object for which to get the tagging information. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Object key for which to get the tagging information. + // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + // The versionId of the object for which to get the tagging information. VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` } @@ -13761,9 +17287,12 @@ func (s *GetObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectTaggingInput { type GetObjectTaggingOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Contains the tag set. + // // TagSet is a required field TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"` + // The versionId of the object for which you got the tagging information. VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` } @@ -13792,9 +17321,14 @@ func (s *GetObjectTaggingOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetObjectTaggingOutput type GetObjectTorrentInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"GetObjectTorrentRequest" type:"structure"` + // The name of the bucket containing the object for which to get the torrent + // files. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // The object key for which to get the information. + // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -13865,6 +17399,7 @@ func (s *GetObjectTorrentInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *GetObjectTorrentInput type GetObjectTorrentOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"` + // A Bencoded dictionary as defined by the BitTorrent specification Body io.ReadCloser `type:"blob"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the @@ -13967,6 +17502,7 @@ func (s *GetPublicAccessBlockOutput) SetPublicAccessBlockConfiguration(v *Public return s } +// Container for Glacier job parameters. type GlacierJobParameters struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -14005,9 +17541,11 @@ func (s *GlacierJobParameters) SetTier(v string) *GlacierJobParameters { return s } +// Container for grant information. type Grant struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // The person being granted permissions. Grantee *Grantee `type:"structure" xmlPrefix:"xsi" xmlURI:"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"` // Specifies the permission given to the grantee. @@ -14051,6 +17589,7 @@ func (s *Grant) SetPermission(v string) *Grant { return s } +// Container for the person being granted permissions. type Grantee struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" xmlPrefix:"xsi" xmlURI:"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"` @@ -14128,6 +17667,8 @@ func (s *Grantee) SetURI(v string) *Grantee { type HeadBucketInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"HeadBucketRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket name. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -14188,6 +17729,8 @@ func (s HeadBucketOutput) GoString() string { type HeadObjectInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"HeadObjectRequest" type:"structure"` + // The name of the bucket containing the object. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -14207,6 +17750,8 @@ type HeadObjectInput struct { // otherwise return a 412 (precondition failed). IfUnmodifiedSince *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"If-Unmodified-Since" type:"timestamp"` + // The object key. + // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -14372,6 +17917,7 @@ func (s *HeadObjectInput) SetVersionId(v string) *HeadObjectInput { type HeadObjectOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Indicates that a range of bytes was specifed. AcceptRanges *string `location:"header" locationName:"accept-ranges" type:"string"` // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. @@ -14423,26 +17969,69 @@ type HeadObjectOutput struct { // you can create metadata whose values are not legal HTTP headers. MissingMeta *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-missing-meta" type:"integer"` - // The Legal Hold status for the specified object. + // Specifies whether a legal hold is in effect for this object. This header + // is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectLegalHold permission. + // This header is not returned if the specified version of this object has never + // had a legal hold applied. For more information about S3 Object Lock, see + // Object Lock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html). ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"` - // The object lock mode currently in place for this object. + // The Object Lock mode, if any, that's in effect for this object. This header + // is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectRetention permission. + // For more information about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html). ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"` - // The date and time when this object's object lock expires. + // The date and time when the Object Lock retention period expires. This header + // is only returned if the requester has the s3:GetObjectRetention permission. ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // The count of parts this object has. PartsCount *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mp-parts-count" type:"integer"` + // Amazon S3 can return this header if your request involves a bucket that is + // either a source or destination in a replication rule. + // + // In replication you have a source bucket on which you configure replication + // and destination bucket where Amazon S3 stores object replicas. When you request + // an object (GetObject) or object metadata (HeadObject) from these buckets, + // Amazon S3 will return the x-amz-replication-status header in the response + // as follows: + // + // * If requesting object from the source bucket — Amazon S3 will return + // the x-amz-replication-status header if object in your request is eligible + // for replication. For example, suppose in your replication configuration + // you specify object prefix "TaxDocs" requesting Amazon S3 to replicate + // objects with key prefix "TaxDocs". Then any objects you upload with this + // key name prefix, for example "TaxDocs/document1.pdf", is eligible for + // replication. For any object request with this key name prefix Amazon S3 + // will return the x-amz-replication-status header with value PENDING, COMPLETED + // or FAILED indicating object replication status. + // + // * If requesting object from the destination bucket — Amazon S3 will + // return the x-amz-replication-status header with value REPLICA if object + // in your request is a replica that Amazon S3 created. + // + // For more information, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/NotificationHowTo.html). ReplicationStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-replication-status" type:"string" enum:"ReplicationStatus"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` - // Provides information about object restoration operation and expiration time - // of the restored object copy. + // If the object is an archived object (an object whose storage class is GLACIER), + // the response includes this header if either the archive restoration is in + // progress (see RestoreObject or an archive copy is already restored. + // + // If an archive copy is already restored, the header value indicates when Amazon + // S3 is scheduled to delete the object copy. For example: + // + // x-amz-restore: ongoing-request="false", expiry-date="Fri, 23 Dec 2012 00:00:00 + // GMT" + // + // If the object restoration is in progress, the header returns the value ongoing-request="true". + // + // For more information about archiving objects, see Transitioning Objects: + // General Considerations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html#lifecycle-transition-general-considerations). Restore *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-restore" type:"string"` // If server-side encryption with a customer-provided encryption key was requested, @@ -14455,14 +18044,20 @@ type HeadObjectOutput struct { // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` - // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master - // encryption key that was used for the object. + // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) customer + // master key (CMK) that was used for the object. SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` - // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 - // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). + // If the object is stored using server-side encryption either with an AWS KMS + // customer master key (CMK) or an Amazon S3-managed encryption key, the response + // includes this header with the value of the Server-side encryption algorithm + // used when storing this object in S3 (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` + // Provides storage class information of the object. Amazon S3 returns this + // header for all objects except for Standard storage class objects. + // + // For more information, see Storage Classes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/storage-class-intro.html). StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` // Version of the object. @@ -14652,6 +18247,7 @@ func (s *HeadObjectOutput) SetWebsiteRedirectLocation(v string) *HeadObjectOutpu return s } +// Container for the Suffix element. type IndexDocument struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -14693,6 +18289,7 @@ func (s *IndexDocument) SetSuffix(v string) *IndexDocument { return s } +// Container element that identifies who initiated the ultipart upload. type Initiator struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -14913,6 +18510,7 @@ func (s *InventoryConfiguration) SetSchedule(v *InventorySchedule) *InventoryCon return s } +// Specifies the inventory configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. type InventoryDestination struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -15006,6 +18604,8 @@ func (s *InventoryEncryption) SetSSES3(v *SSES3) *InventoryEncryption { return s } +// Specifies an inventory filter. The inventory only includes objects that meet +// the filter's criteria. type InventoryFilter struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -15044,6 +18644,8 @@ func (s *InventoryFilter) SetPrefix(v string) *InventoryFilter { return s } +// Contains the bucket name, file format, bucket owner (optional), and prefix +// (optional) where inventory results are published. type InventoryS3BucketDestination struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -15137,6 +18739,7 @@ func (s *InventoryS3BucketDestination) SetPrefix(v string) *InventoryS3BucketDes return s } +// Specifies the schedule for generating inventory results. type InventorySchedule struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -15175,6 +18778,7 @@ func (s *InventorySchedule) SetFrequency(v string) *InventorySchedule { return s } +// Specifies JSON as object's input serialization format. type JSONInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -15198,6 +18802,7 @@ func (s *JSONInput) SetType(v string) *JSONInput { return s } +// Specifies JSON as request's output serialization format. type JSONOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -15323,9 +18928,12 @@ func (s *LambdaFunctionConfiguration) SetLambdaFunctionArn(v string) *LambdaFunc return s } +// Container for lifecycle rules. You can add as many as 1000 rules. type LifecycleConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Specifies lifecycle configuration rules for an Amazon S3 bucket. + // // Rules is a required field Rules []*Rule `locationName:"Rule" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` } @@ -15369,6 +18977,7 @@ func (s *LifecycleConfiguration) SetRules(v []*Rule) *LifecycleConfiguration { return s } +// Container for the expiration for the lifecycle of the object. type LifecycleExpiration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -15415,6 +19024,7 @@ func (s *LifecycleExpiration) SetExpiredObjectDeleteMarker(v bool) *LifecycleExp return s } +// A lifecycle rule for individual objects in an Amazon S3 bucket. type LifecycleRule struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -15425,6 +19035,8 @@ type LifecycleRule struct { // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload `type:"structure"` + // Specifies the expiration for the lifecycle of the object in the form of date, + // days and, whether the object has a delete marker. Expiration *LifecycleExpiration `type:"structure"` // The Filter is used to identify objects that a Lifecycle Rule applies to. @@ -15441,6 +19053,11 @@ type LifecycleRule struct { // period in the object's lifetime. NoncurrentVersionExpiration *NoncurrentVersionExpiration `type:"structure"` + // Specifies the transition rule for the lifecycle rule that describes when + // noncurrent objects transition to the a specific storage class. If your bucket + // is versioning-enabled (or versioning is suspended), you can set this action + // to request that Amazon S3 transition noncurrent object versions to the a + // specifc storage class at a set period in the object's lifetime. NoncurrentVersionTransitions []*NoncurrentVersionTransition `locationName:"NoncurrentVersionTransition" type:"list" flattened:"true"` // Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. This is @@ -15455,6 +19072,7 @@ type LifecycleRule struct { // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ExpirationStatus"` + // Specifies when an Amazon S3 object transitions to a specified storage class. Transitions []*Transition `locationName:"Transition" type:"list" flattened:"true"` } @@ -15546,6 +19164,7 @@ func (s *LifecycleRule) SetTransitions(v []*Transition) *LifecycleRule { type LifecycleRuleAndOperator struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Prefix identifying one or more objects to which the rule applies. Prefix *string `type:"string"` // All of these tags must exist in the object's tag set in order for the rule @@ -15724,7 +19343,8 @@ type ListBucketAnalyticsConfigurationsOutput struct { // The list of analytics configurations for a bucket. AnalyticsConfigurationList []*AnalyticsConfiguration `locationName:"AnalyticsConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"` - // The ContinuationToken that represents where this request began. + // The marker that is used as a starting point for this analytics configuration + // list response. This value is present if it was sent in the request. ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` // Indicates whether the returned list of analytics configurations is complete. @@ -15842,8 +19462,9 @@ type ListBucketInventoryConfigurationsOutput struct { // The list of inventory configurations for a bucket. InventoryConfigurationList []*InventoryConfiguration `locationName:"InventoryConfiguration" type:"list" flattened:"true"` - // Indicates whether the returned list of inventory configurations is truncated - // in this response. A value of true indicates that the list is truncated. + // Tells whether the returned list of inventory configurations is complete. + // A value of true indicates that the list is not complete and the NextContinuationToken + // is provided for a subsequent request. IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` // The marker used to continue this inventory configuration listing. Use the @@ -16019,8 +19640,10 @@ func (s ListBucketsInput) GoString() string { type ListBucketsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // The list of buckets owned by the requestor. Buckets []*Bucket `locationNameList:"Bucket" type:"list"` + // The owner of the buckets listed. Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` } @@ -16049,10 +19672,19 @@ func (s *ListBucketsOutput) SetOwner(v *Owner) *ListBucketsOutput { type ListMultipartUploadsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"ListMultipartUploadsRequest" type:"structure"` + // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Character you use to group keys. + // + // All keys that contain the same string between the prefix, if specified, and + // the first occurrence of the delimiter after the prefix are grouped under + // a single result element, CommonPrefixes. If you don't specify the prefix + // parameter, then the substring starts at the beginning of the key. The keys + // that are grouped under CommonPrefixes result element are not returned elsewhere + // in the response. Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"` // Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies @@ -16065,6 +19697,13 @@ type ListMultipartUploadsInput struct { // Together with upload-id-marker, this parameter specifies the multipart upload // after which listing should begin. + // + // If upload-id-marker is not specified, only the keys lexicographically greater + // than the specified key-marker will be included in the list. + // + // If upload-id-marker is specified, any multipart uploads for a key equal to + // the key-marker might also be included, provided those multipart uploads have + // upload IDs lexicographically greater than the specified upload-id-marker. KeyMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"key-marker" type:"string"` // Sets the maximum number of multipart uploads, from 1 to 1,000, to return @@ -16073,12 +19712,16 @@ type ListMultipartUploadsInput struct { MaxUploads *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-uploads" type:"integer"` // Lists in-progress uploads only for those keys that begin with the specified - // prefix. + // prefix. You can use prefixes to separate a bucket into different grouping + // of keys. (You can think of using prefix to make groups in the same way you'd + // use a folder in a file system.) Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"` // Together with key-marker, specifies the multipart upload after which listing // should begin. If key-marker is not specified, the upload-id-marker parameter - // is ignored. + // is ignored. Otherwise, any multipart uploads for a key equal to the key-marker + // might be included in the list only if they have an upload ID lexicographically + // greater than the specified upload-id-marker. UploadIdMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"upload-id-marker" type:"string"` } @@ -16163,11 +19806,22 @@ type ListMultipartUploadsOutput struct { // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. Bucket *string `type:"string"` + // If you specify a delimiter in the request, then the result returns each distinct + // key prefix containing the delimiter in a CommonPrefixes element. The distinct + // key prefixes are returned in the Prefix child element. CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"` + // Contains the delimiter you specified in the request. If you don't specify + // a delimiter in your request, this element is absent from the response. Delimiter *string `type:"string"` // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. + // + // If you specify encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this element + // in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following response + // elements: + // + // Delimiter, KeyMarker, Prefix, NextKeyMarker, Key. EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` // Indicates whether the returned list of multipart uploads is truncated. A @@ -16198,6 +19852,8 @@ type ListMultipartUploadsOutput struct { // Upload ID after which listing began. UploadIdMarker *string `type:"string"` + // Container for elements related to a particular multipart upload. A response + // can contain zero or more Upload elements. Uploads []*MultipartUpload `locationName:"Upload" type:"list" flattened:"true"` } @@ -16293,10 +19949,16 @@ func (s *ListMultipartUploadsOutput) SetUploads(v []*MultipartUpload) *ListMulti type ListObjectVersionsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"ListObjectVersionsRequest" type:"structure"` + // The name of the bucket that contains the objects. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` - // A delimiter is a character you use to group keys. + // A delimiter is a character that you specify to group keys. All keys that + // contain the same string between the prefix and the first occurrence of the + // delimiter are grouped under a single result element in CommonPrefixes. These + // groups are counted as one result against the max-keys limitation. These keys + // are not returned elsewhere in the response. Delimiter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"delimiter" type:"string"` // Requests Amazon S3 to encode the object keys in the response and specifies @@ -16311,10 +19973,17 @@ type ListObjectVersionsInput struct { KeyMarker *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"key-marker" type:"string"` // Sets the maximum number of keys returned in the response. The response might - // contain fewer keys but will never contain more. + // contain fewer keys but will never contain more. If additional keys satisfy + // the search criteria, but were not returned because max-keys was exceeded, + // the response contains true. To return the additional + // keys, see key-marker and version-id-marker. MaxKeys *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"max-keys" type:"integer"` - // Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix. + // Use this parameter to select only those keys that begin with the specified + // prefix. You can use prefixes to separate a bucket into different groupings + // of keys. (You can think of using prefix to make groups in the same way you'd + // use a folder in a file system.) You can use prefix with delimiter to roll + // up numerous objects into a single result under CommonPrefixes. Prefix *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"prefix" type:"string"` // Specifies the object version you want to start listing from. @@ -16399,13 +20068,28 @@ func (s *ListObjectVersionsInput) SetVersionIdMarker(v string) *ListObjectVersio type ListObjectVersionsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // All of the keys rolled up into a common prefix count as a single return when + // calculating the number of returns. CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"` + // Container for an object that is a delete marker. DeleteMarkers []*DeleteMarkerEntry `locationName:"DeleteMarker" type:"list" flattened:"true"` + // The delimeter grouping the included keys. A delimiter is a character that + // you specify to group keys. All keys that contain the same string between + // the prefix and the first occurrence of the delimiter are grouped under a + // single result element in CommonPrefixes. These groups are counted as one + // result against the max-keys limitation. These keys are not returned elsewhere + // in the response. Delimiter *string `type:"string"` - // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. + // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object key names in the XML response. + // + // If you specify encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this element + // in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following response + // elements: + // + // KeyMarker, NextKeyMarker, Prefix, Key, and Delimiter. EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` // A flag that indicates whether or not Amazon S3 returned all of the results @@ -16418,20 +20102,30 @@ type ListObjectVersionsOutput struct { // Marks the last Key returned in a truncated response. KeyMarker *string `type:"string"` + // Specifies the maximum number of objects to return. MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"` + // Bucket owner's name. Name *string `type:"string"` - // Use this value for the key marker request parameter in a subsequent request. + // When the number of responses exceeds the value of MaxKeys, NextKeyMarker + // specifies the first key not returned that satisfies the search criteria. + // Use this value for the key-marker request parameter in a subsequent request. NextKeyMarker *string `type:"string"` - // Use this value for the next version id marker parameter in a subsequent request. + // When the number of responses exceeds the value of MaxKeys, NextVersionIdMarker + // specifies the first object version not returned that satisfies the search + // criteria. Use this value for the version-id-marker request parameter in a + // subsequent request. NextVersionIdMarker *string `type:"string"` + // Selects objects that start with the value supplied by this parameter. Prefix *string `type:"string"` + // Marks the last version of the Key returned in a truncated response. VersionIdMarker *string `type:"string"` + // Container for version information. Versions []*ObjectVersion `locationName:"Version" type:"list" flattened:"true"` } @@ -16526,6 +20220,8 @@ func (s *ListObjectVersionsOutput) SetVersions(v []*ObjectVersion) *ListObjectVe type ListObjectsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"ListObjectsRequest" type:"structure"` + // The name of the bucket containing the objects. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -16634,10 +20330,31 @@ func (s *ListObjectsInput) SetRequestPayer(v string) *ListObjectsInput { type ListObjectsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // All of the keys rolled up in a common prefix count as a single return when + // calculating the number of returns. + // + // A response can contain CommonPrefixes only if you specify a delimiter. + // + // CommonPrefixes contains all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the + // next occurrence of the string specified by the delimiter. + // + // CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified + // by Prefix. + // + // For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/) as + // in notes/summer/july, the common prefix is notes/summer/. All of the keys + // that roll up into a common prefix count as a single return when calculating + // the number of returns. CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"` + // Metadata about each object returned. Contents []*Object `type:"list" flattened:"true"` + // Causes keys that contain the same string between the prefix and the first + // occurrence of the delimiter to be rolled up into a single result element + // in the CommonPrefixes collection. These rolled-up keys are not returned elsewhere + // in the response. Each rolled-up result counts as only one return against + // the MaxKeys value. Delimiter *string `type:"string"` // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. @@ -16647,10 +20364,14 @@ type ListObjectsOutput struct { // that satisfied the search criteria. IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` + // Indicates where in the bucket listing begins. Marker is included in the response + // if it was sent with the request. Marker *string `type:"string"` + // The maximum number of keys returned in the response body. MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"` + // Name of the bucket. Name *string `type:"string"` // When response is truncated (the IsTruncated element value in the response @@ -16662,6 +20383,7 @@ type ListObjectsOutput struct { // subsequent request to get the next set of object keys. NextMarker *string `type:"string"` + // Keys that begin with the indicated prefix. Prefix *string `type:"string"` } @@ -16745,7 +20467,7 @@ type ListObjectsV2Input struct { // ContinuationToken indicates Amazon S3 that the list is being continued on // this bucket with a token. ContinuationToken is obfuscated and is not a real - // key + // key. ContinuationToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"continuation-token" type:"string"` // A delimiter is a character you use to group keys. @@ -16772,7 +20494,7 @@ type ListObjectsV2Input struct { RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` // StartAfter is where you want Amazon S3 to start listing from. Amazon S3 starts - // listing after this specified key. StartAfter can be any key in the bucket + // listing after this specified key. StartAfter can be any key in the bucket. StartAfter *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"start-after" type:"string"` } @@ -16866,26 +20588,48 @@ func (s *ListObjectsV2Input) SetStartAfter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Input { type ListObjectsV2Output struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // All of the keys rolled up into a common prefix count as a single return when + // calculating the number of returns. + // + // A response can contain CommonPrefixes only if you specify a delimiter. + // // CommonPrefixes contains all (if there are any) keys between Prefix and the - // next occurrence of the string specified by delimiter + // next occurrence of the string specified by a delimiter. + // + // CommonPrefixes lists keys that act like subdirectories in the directory specified + // by Prefix. + // + // For example, if the prefix is notes/ and the delimiter is a slash (/) as + // in notes/summer/july, the common prefix is notes/summer/. All of the keys + // that roll up into a common prefix count as a single return when calculating + // the number of returns. CommonPrefixes []*CommonPrefix `type:"list" flattened:"true"` // Metadata about each object returned. Contents []*Object `type:"list" flattened:"true"` - // ContinuationToken indicates Amazon S3 that the list is being continued on - // this bucket with a token. ContinuationToken is obfuscated and is not a real - // key + // If ContinuationToken was sent with the request, it is included in the response. ContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` - // A delimiter is a character you use to group keys. + // Causes keys that contain the same string between the prefix and the first + // occurrence of the delimiter to be rolled up into a single result element + // in the CommonPrefixes collection. These rolled-up keys are not returned elsewhere + // in the response. Each rolled-up result counts as only one return against + // the MaxKeys value. Delimiter *string `type:"string"` - // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object keys in the response. + // Encoding type used by Amazon S3 to encode object key names in the XML response. + // + // If you specify the encoding-type request parameter, Amazon S3 includes this + // element in the response, and returns encoded key name values in the following + // response elements: + // + // Delimiter, Prefix, Key, and StartAfter. EncodingType *string `type:"string" enum:"EncodingType"` - // A flag that indicates whether or not Amazon S3 returned all of the results - // that satisfied the search criteria. + // Set to false if all of the results were returned. Set to true if more keys + // are available to return. If the number of results exceeds that specified + // by MaxKeys, all of the results might not be returned. IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` // KeyCount is the number of keys returned with this request. KeyCount will @@ -16897,7 +20641,7 @@ type ListObjectsV2Output struct { // contain fewer keys but will never contain more. MaxKeys *int64 `type:"integer"` - // Name of the bucket to list. + // Name of the bucket. Name *string `type:"string"` // NextContinuationToken is sent when isTruncated is true which means there @@ -16906,11 +20650,10 @@ type ListObjectsV2Output struct { // is obfuscated and is not a real key NextContinuationToken *string `type:"string"` - // Limits the response to keys that begin with the specified prefix. + // Keys that begin with the indicated prefix. Prefix *string `type:"string"` - // StartAfter is where you want Amazon S3 to start listing from. Amazon S3 starts - // listing after this specified key. StartAfter can be any key in the bucket + // If StartAfter was sent with the request, it is included in the response. StartAfter *string `type:"string"` } @@ -16999,9 +20742,13 @@ func (s *ListObjectsV2Output) SetStartAfter(v string) *ListObjectsV2Output { type ListPartsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"ListPartsRequest" type:"structure"` + // Name of the bucket to which the parts are being uploaded.-> + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated. + // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -17105,20 +20852,34 @@ func (s *ListPartsInput) SetUploadId(v string) *ListPartsInput { type ListPartsOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Date when multipart upload will become eligible for abort operation by lifecycle. + // If the bucket has a lifecycle rule configured with an action to abort incomplete + // multipart uploads and the prefix in the lifecycle rule matches the object + // name in the request, then the response includes this header indicating when + // the initiated multipart upload will become eligible for abort operation. + // For more information, see Aborting Incomplete Multipart Uploads Using a Bucket + // Lifecycle Policy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/mpuoverview.html#mpu-abort-incomplete-mpu-lifecycle-config). + // + // The response will also include the x-amz-abort-rule-id header that will provide + // the ID of the lifecycle configuration rule that defines this action. AbortDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-date" type:"timestamp"` - // Id of the lifecycle rule that makes a multipart upload eligible for abort - // operation. + // This header is returned along with the x-amz-abort-date header. It identifies + // applicable lifecycle configuration rule that defines the action to abort + // incomplete multipart uploads. AbortRuleId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-abort-rule-id" type:"string"` // Name of the bucket to which the multipart upload was initiated. Bucket *string `type:"string"` - // Identifies who initiated the multipart upload. + // Container element that identifies who initiated the multipart upload. If + // the initiator is an AWS account, this element provides the same information + // as the Owner element. If the initiator is an IAM User, then this element + // provides the user ARN and display name. Initiator *Initiator `type:"structure"` - // Indicates whether the returned list of parts is truncated. + // Indicates whether the returned list of parts is truncated. A true value indicates + // that the list was truncated. A list can be truncated if the number of parts + // exceeds the limit returned in the MaxParts element. IsTruncated *bool `type:"boolean"` // Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated. @@ -17132,18 +20893,26 @@ type ListPartsOutput struct { // in a subsequent request. NextPartNumberMarker *int64 `type:"integer"` + // Container element that identifies the object owner, after the object is created. + // If multipart upload is initiated by an IAM user, this element provides the + // parent account ID and display name. Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` - // Part number after which listing begins. + // When a list is truncated, this element specifies the last part in the list, + // as well as the value to use for the part-number-marker request parameter + // in a subsequent request. PartNumberMarker *int64 `type:"integer"` + // Container for elements related to a particular part. A response can contain + // zero or more Part elements. Parts []*Part `locationName:"Part" type:"list" flattened:"true"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the // request. RequestCharged *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-charged" type:"string" enum:"RequestCharged"` - // The class of storage used to store the object. + // Class of storage (STANDARD or REDUCED_REDUNDANCY) used to store the uploaded + // object. StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` // Upload ID identifying the multipart upload whose parts are being listed. @@ -17266,8 +21035,7 @@ type Location struct { // The canned ACL to apply to the restore results. CannedACL *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` - // Describes the server-side encryption that will be applied to the restore - // results. + // Contains the type of server-side encryption used. Encryption *Encryption `type:"structure"` // The prefix that is prepended to the restore results for this request. @@ -17396,6 +21164,7 @@ type LoggingEnabled struct { // TargetBucket is a required field TargetBucket *string `type:"string" required:"true"` + // Container for granting information. TargetGrants []*TargetGrant `locationNameList:"Grant" type:"list"` // A prefix for all log object keys. If you store log files from multiple Amazon @@ -17464,8 +21233,10 @@ func (s *LoggingEnabled) SetTargetPrefix(v string) *LoggingEnabled { type MetadataEntry struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Name of the Object. Name *string `type:"string"` + // Value of the Object. Value *string `type:"string"` } @@ -17491,6 +21262,9 @@ func (s *MetadataEntry) SetValue(v string) *MetadataEntry { return s } +// A conjunction (logical AND) of predicates, which is used in evaluating a +// metrics filter. The operator must have at least two predicates, and an object +// must match all of the predicates in order for the filter to apply. type MetricsAndOperator struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -17604,6 +21378,9 @@ func (s *MetricsConfiguration) SetId(v string) *MetricsConfiguration { return s } +// Specifies a metrics configuration filter. The metrics configuration only +// includes objects that meet the filter's criteria. A filter must be a prefix, +// a tag, or a conjunction (MetricsAndOperator). type MetricsFilter struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -17667,6 +21444,7 @@ func (s *MetricsFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *MetricsFilter { return s } +// Container for the MultipartUpload for the Amazon S3 object. type MultipartUpload struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -17679,6 +21457,7 @@ type MultipartUpload struct { // Key of the object for which the multipart upload was initiated. Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + // Specifies the owner of the object that is part of the multipart upload. Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` // The class of storage used to store the object. @@ -17898,10 +21677,17 @@ func (s *NotificationConfiguration) SetTopicConfigurations(v []*TopicConfigurati type NotificationConfigurationDeprecated struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Container for specifying the AWS Lambda notification configuration. CloudFunctionConfiguration *CloudFunctionConfiguration `type:"structure"` + // This data type is deprecated. This data type specifies the configuration + // for publishing messages to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue + // when Amazon S3 detects specified events. QueueConfiguration *QueueConfigurationDeprecated `type:"structure"` + // This data type is deperecated. A container for specifying the configuration + // for publication of messages to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon + // SNS) topic when Amazon S3 detects specified events. TopicConfiguration *TopicConfigurationDeprecated `type:"structure"` } @@ -17959,17 +21745,25 @@ func (s *NotificationConfigurationFilter) SetKey(v *KeyFilter) *NotificationConf return s } +// An object consists of data and its descriptive metadata. type Object struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // The entity tag is an MD5 hash of the object. ETag reflects only changes to + // the contents of an object, not its metadata. ETag *string `type:"string"` + // The name that you assign to an object. You use the object key to retrieve + // the object. Key *string `min:"1" type:"string"` + // The date the Object was Last Modified LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` + // The owner of the object Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` + // Size in bytes of the object Size *int64 `type:"integer"` // The class of storage used to store the object. @@ -18022,6 +21816,7 @@ func (s *Object) SetStorageClass(v string) *Object { return s } +// Object Identifier is unique value to identify objects. type ObjectIdentifier struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -18072,14 +21867,14 @@ func (s *ObjectIdentifier) SetVersionId(v string) *ObjectIdentifier { return s } -// The container element for object lock configuration parameters. +// The container element for Object Lock configuration parameters. type ObjectLockConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Indicates whether this bucket has an object lock configuration enabled. + // Indicates whether this bucket has an Object Lock configuration enabled. ObjectLockEnabled *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockEnabled"` - // The object lock rule in place for the specified object. + // The Object Lock rule in place for the specified object. Rule *ObjectLockRule `type:"structure"` } @@ -18136,7 +21931,7 @@ type ObjectLockRetention struct { // Indicates the Retention mode for the specified object. Mode *string `type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockRetentionMode"` - // The date on which this object lock retention expires. + // The date on which this Object Lock Retention will expire. RetainUntilDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` } @@ -18162,7 +21957,7 @@ func (s *ObjectLockRetention) SetRetainUntilDate(v time.Time) *ObjectLockRetenti return s } -// The container element for an object lock rule. +// The container element for an Object Lock rule. type ObjectLockRule struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -18187,9 +21982,11 @@ func (s *ObjectLockRule) SetDefaultRetention(v *DefaultRetention) *ObjectLockRul return s } +// The version of an object. type ObjectVersion struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // The entity tag is an MD5 hash of that version of the object ETag *string `type:"string"` // Specifies whether the object is (true) or is not (false) the latest version @@ -18202,6 +21999,7 @@ type ObjectVersion struct { // Date and time the object was last modified. LastModified *time.Time `type:"timestamp"` + // Specifies the Owner of the object. Owner *Owner `type:"structure"` // Size in bytes of the object. @@ -18344,11 +22142,14 @@ func (s *OutputSerialization) SetJSON(v *JSONOutput) *OutputSerialization { return s } +// Container for the owner's display name and ID type Owner struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Container for the display name of the owner DisplayName *string `type:"string"` + // Container for the ID of the owner ID *string `type:"string"` } @@ -18374,6 +22175,7 @@ func (s *Owner) SetID(v string) *Owner { return s } +// Container for Parquet. type ParquetInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` } @@ -18388,6 +22190,7 @@ func (s ParquetInput) GoString() string { return s.String() } +// Container for elements related to a part. type Part struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -18464,6 +22267,7 @@ func (s *PolicyStatus) SetIsPublic(v bool) *PolicyStatus { return s } +// This data type contains information about progress of an operation. type Progress struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -18505,6 +22309,7 @@ func (s *Progress) SetBytesScanned(v int64) *Progress { return s } +// This data type contains information about the progress event of an operation. type ProgressEvent struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"ProgressEvent" type:"structure" payload:"Details"` @@ -18545,7 +22350,11 @@ func (s *ProgressEvent) UnmarshalEvent( return nil } -// Specifies the Block Public Access configuration for an Amazon S3 bucket. +// The PublicAccessBlock configuration that you want to apply to this Amazon +// S3 bucket. You can enable the configuration options in any combination. For +// more information about when Amazon S3 considers a bucket or object public, +// see The Meaning of "Public" (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//access-control-block-public-access.html#access-control-block-public-access-policy-status) +// in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. type PublicAccessBlockConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -18558,6 +22367,8 @@ type PublicAccessBlockConfiguration struct { // // * PUT Object calls fail if the request includes a public ACL. // + // * PUT Bucket calls fail if the request includes a public ACL. + // // Enabling this setting doesn't affect existing policies or ACLs. BlockPublicAcls *bool `locationName:"BlockPublicAcls" type:"boolean"` @@ -18624,7 +22435,7 @@ func (s *PublicAccessBlockConfiguration) SetRestrictPublicBuckets(v bool) *Publi type PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketAccelerateConfigurationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"AccelerateConfiguration"` - // Specifies the Accelerate Configuration you want to set for the bucket. + // Container for setting the transfer acceleration state. // // AccelerateConfiguration is a required field AccelerateConfiguration *AccelerateConfiguration `locationName:"AccelerateConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` @@ -18706,6 +22517,8 @@ type PutBucketAclInput struct { // Contains the elements that set the ACL permissions for an object per grantee. AccessControlPolicy *AccessControlPolicy `locationName:"AccessControlPolicy" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` + // The bucket to which to apply the ACL. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -18924,12 +22737,14 @@ func (s PutBucketAnalyticsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketCorsInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketCorsRequest" type:"structure" payload:"CORSConfiguration"` + // Specifies the bucket impacted by the corsconfiguration. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` // Describes the cross-origin access configuration for objects in an Amazon // S3 bucket. For more information, see Enabling Cross-Origin Resource Sharing - // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/cors.html) in the Amazon + // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev//cors.html) in the Amazon // Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. // // CORSConfiguration is a required field @@ -19007,9 +22822,9 @@ type PutBucketEncryptionInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketEncryptionRequest" type:"structure" payload:"ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration"` // Specifies default encryption for a bucket using server-side encryption with - // Amazon S3-managed keys (SSE-S3) or AWS KMS-managed keys (SSE-KMS). For information - // about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature, see Amazon S3 Default Bucket - // Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html) + // Amazon S3-managed keys (SSE-S3) or customer master keys stored in AWS KMS + // (SSE-KMS). For information about the Amazon S3 default encryption feature, + // see Amazon S3 Default Bucket Encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/bucket-encryption.html) // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. // // Bucket is a required field @@ -19186,12 +23001,12 @@ func (s PutBucketInventoryConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketLifecycleConfigurationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"LifecycleConfiguration"` + // The name of the bucket for which to set the configuration. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` - // Specifies the lifecycle configuration for objects in an Amazon S3 bucket. - // For more information, see Object Lifecycle Management (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lifecycle-mgmt.html) - // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. + // Container for lifecycle rules. You can add as many as 1,000 rules. LifecycleConfiguration *BucketLifecycleConfiguration `locationName:"LifecycleConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` } @@ -19265,6 +23080,7 @@ type PutBucketLifecycleInput struct { // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Container for lifecycle rules. You can add as many as 1000 rules. LifecycleConfiguration *LifecycleConfiguration `locationName:"LifecycleConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` } @@ -19335,9 +23151,13 @@ func (s PutBucketLifecycleOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketLoggingInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketLoggingRequest" type:"structure" payload:"BucketLoggingStatus"` + // The name of the bucket for which to set the logging parameters. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Container for logging status information. + // // BucketLoggingStatus is a required field BucketLoggingStatus *BucketLoggingStatus `locationName:"BucketLoggingStatus" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` } @@ -19507,6 +23327,8 @@ func (s PutBucketMetricsConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketNotificationConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketNotificationConfigurationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"NotificationConfiguration"` + // The name of the bucket. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -19587,9 +23409,13 @@ func (s PutBucketNotificationConfigurationOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketNotificationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketNotificationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"NotificationConfiguration"` + // The name of the bucket. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // The container for the configuration. + // // NotificationConfiguration is a required field NotificationConfiguration *NotificationConfigurationDeprecated `locationName:"NotificationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` } @@ -19659,6 +23485,8 @@ func (s PutBucketNotificationOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketPolicyInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketPolicyRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Policy"` + // The name of the bucket. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -19743,6 +23571,8 @@ func (s PutBucketPolicyOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketReplicationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketReplicationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"ReplicationConfiguration"` + // The name of the bucket + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -19752,7 +23582,6 @@ type PutBucketReplicationInput struct { // ReplicationConfiguration is a required field ReplicationConfiguration *ReplicationConfiguration `locationName:"ReplicationConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` - // A token that allows Amazon S3 object lock to be enabled for an existing bucket. Token *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bucket-object-lock-token" type:"string"` } @@ -19832,9 +23661,13 @@ func (s PutBucketReplicationOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketRequestPaymentInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketRequestPaymentRequest" type:"structure" payload:"RequestPaymentConfiguration"` + // The bucket name. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Container for Payer. + // // RequestPaymentConfiguration is a required field RequestPaymentConfiguration *RequestPaymentConfiguration `locationName:"RequestPaymentConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` } @@ -19909,9 +23742,13 @@ func (s PutBucketRequestPaymentOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketTaggingInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketTaggingRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Tagging"` + // The bucket name. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Container for the TagSet and Tag elements. + // // Tagging is a required field Tagging *Tagging `locationName:"Tagging" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` } @@ -19986,6 +23823,8 @@ func (s PutBucketTaggingOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketVersioningInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketVersioningRequest" type:"structure" payload:"VersioningConfiguration"` + // The bucket name. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -19993,9 +23832,7 @@ type PutBucketVersioningInput struct { // and the value that is displayed on your authentication device. MFA *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-mfa" type:"string"` - // Describes the versioning state of an Amazon S3 bucket. For more information, - // see PUT Bucket versioning (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/RESTBucketPUTVersioningStatus.html) - // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service API Reference. + // Container for setting the versioning state. // // VersioningConfiguration is a required field VersioningConfiguration *VersioningConfiguration `locationName:"VersioningConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` @@ -20072,10 +23909,12 @@ func (s PutBucketVersioningOutput) GoString() string { type PutBucketWebsiteInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutBucketWebsiteRequest" type:"structure" payload:"WebsiteConfiguration"` + // The bucket name. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` - // Specifies website configuration parameters for an Amazon S3 bucket. + // Container for the request. // // WebsiteConfiguration is a required field WebsiteConfiguration *WebsiteConfiguration `locationName:"WebsiteConfiguration" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` @@ -20151,12 +23990,15 @@ func (s PutBucketWebsiteOutput) GoString() string { type PutObjectAclInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutObjectAclRequest" type:"structure" payload:"AccessControlPolicy"` - // The canned ACL to apply to the object. + // The canned ACL to apply to the object. For more information, see Canned ACL + // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL) ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` // Contains the elements that set the ACL permissions for an object per grantee. AccessControlPolicy *AccessControlPolicy `locationName:"AccessControlPolicy" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` + // The name of the bucket to which the ACL is being added. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -20176,6 +24018,8 @@ type PutObjectAclInput struct { // Allows grantee to write the ACL for the applicable bucket. GrantWriteACP *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-grant-write-acp" type:"string"` + // Key for which the PUT operation was initiated. + // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -20326,7 +24170,8 @@ func (s *PutObjectAclOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectAclOutput { type PutObjectInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutObjectRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Body"` - // The canned ACL to apply to the object. + // The canned ACL to apply to the object. For more information, see Canned ACL + // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL). ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` // Object data. @@ -20337,33 +24182,43 @@ type PutObjectInput struct { // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` - // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. + // Can be used to specify caching behavior along the request/reply chain. For + // more information, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9 + // (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9). CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"` - // Specifies presentational information for the object. + // Specifies presentational information for the object. For more information, + // see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec19.html#sec19.5.1 (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec19.html#sec19.5.1). ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"` // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced - // by the Content-Type header field. + // by the Content-Type header field. For more information, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.11 + // (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.11). ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"` // The language the content is in. ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"` // Size of the body in bytes. This parameter is useful when the size of the - // body cannot be determined automatically. + // body cannot be determined automatically. For more information, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.13 + // (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.13). ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"` - // The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the part data. This parameter is - // auto-populated when using the command from the CLI. This parameted is required - // if object lock parameters are specified. + // The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the message (without the headers) + // according to RFC 1864. This header can be used as a message integrity check + // to verify that the data is the same data that was originally sent. Although + // it is optional, we recommend using the Content-MD5 mechanism as an end-to-end + // integrity check. For more information about REST request authentication, + // see REST Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html). ContentMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-MD5" type:"string"` - // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data. + // A standard MIME type describing the format of the contents. For more information, + // see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.17 (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.17). ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"` - // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. + // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. For more information, + // see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.21 (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.21). Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"timestamp"` // Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object. @@ -20386,13 +24241,14 @@ type PutObjectInput struct { // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3. Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"` - // The Legal Hold status that you want to apply to the specified object. + // Specifies whether a legal hold will be applied to this object. For more information + // about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html). ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"` - // The object lock mode that you want to apply to this object. + // The Object Lock mode that you want to apply to this object. ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"` - // The date and time when you want this object's object lock to expire. + // The date and time when you want this object's Object Lock to expire. ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the @@ -20421,17 +24277,22 @@ type PutObjectInput struct { // encryption context key-value pairs. SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` - // Specifies the AWS KMS key ID to use for object encryption. All GET and PUT - // requests for an object protected by AWS KMS will fail if not made via SSL - // or using SigV4. Documentation on configuring any of the officially supported - // AWS SDKs and CLI can be found at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version + // If the x-amz-server-side-encryption is present and has the value of aws:kms, + // this header specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) + // customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object. + // + // If the value of x-amz-server-side-encryption is aws:kms, this header specifies + // the ID of the AWS KMS CMK that will be used for the object. If you specify + // x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, but do not provide x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, + // Amazon S3 uses the AWS managed CMK in AWS to protect the data. SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` - // The type of storage to use for the object. Defaults to 'STANDARD'. + // If you don't specify, Standard is the default storage class. Amazon S3 supports + // other storage classes. StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` // The tag-set for the object. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query parameters. @@ -20440,7 +24301,22 @@ type PutObjectInput struct { // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores - // the value of this header in the object metadata. + // the value of this header in the object metadata. For information about object + // metadata, see . + // + // In the following example, the request header sets the redirect to an object + // (anotherPage.html) in the same bucket: + // + // x-amz-website-redirect-location: /anotherPage.html + // + // In the following example, the request header sets the object redirect to + // another website: + // + // x-amz-website-redirect-location: http://www.example.com/ + // + // For more information about website hosting in Amazon S3, see Hosting Websites + // on Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html) + // and How to Configure Website Page Redirects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/how-to-page-redirect.html). WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"` } @@ -20793,12 +24669,12 @@ func (s *PutObjectLegalHoldOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectLegalHo type PutObjectLockConfigurationInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutObjectLockConfigurationRequest" type:"structure" payload:"ObjectLockConfiguration"` - // The bucket whose object lock configuration you want to create or replace. + // The bucket whose Object Lock configuration you want to create or replace. // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` - // The object lock configuration that you want to apply to the specified bucket. + // The Object Lock configuration that you want to apply to the specified bucket. ObjectLockConfiguration *ObjectLockConfiguration `locationName:"ObjectLockConfiguration" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the @@ -20807,7 +24683,7 @@ type PutObjectLockConfigurationInput struct { // at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/ObjectsinRequesterPaysBuckets.html RequestPayer *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-request-payer" type:"string" enum:"RequestPayer"` - // A token to allow Amazon S3 object lock to be enabled for an existing bucket. + // A token to allow Object Lock to be enabled for an existing bucket. Token *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bucket-object-lock-token" type:"string"` } @@ -20898,8 +24774,10 @@ type PutObjectOutput struct { // Entity tag for the uploaded object. ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"` - // If the object expiration is configured, this will contain the expiration - // date (expiry-date) and rule ID (rule-id). The value of rule-id is URL encoded. + // If the expiration is configured for the object (see PutBucketLifecycleConfiguration), + // the response includes this header. It includes the expiry-date and rule-id + // key-value pairs that provide information about object expiration. The value + // of the rule-id is URL encoded. Expiration *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-expiration" type:"string"` // If present, indicates that the requester was successfully charged for the @@ -20921,12 +24799,15 @@ type PutObjectOutput struct { // the encryption context key-value pairs. SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` - // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master - // encryption key that was used for the object. + // If the x-amz-server-side-encryption is present and has the value of aws:kms, + // this header specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) customer + // master key (CMK) that was used for the object. SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` - // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 - // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). + // If you specified server-side encryption either with an AWS KMS customer master + // key (CMK) or Amazon S3-managed encryption key in your PUT request, the response + // includes this header. It confirms the encryption algorithm that Amazon S3 + // used to encrypt the object. ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` // Version of the object. @@ -21006,7 +24887,7 @@ type PutObjectRetentionInput struct { // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` - // Indicates whether this operation should bypass Governance-mode restrictions.j + // Indicates whether this operation should bypass Governance-mode restrictions. BypassGovernanceRetention *bool `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-bypass-governance-retention" type:"boolean"` // The key name for the object that you want to apply this Object Retention @@ -21131,15 +25012,22 @@ func (s *PutObjectRetentionOutput) SetRequestCharged(v string) *PutObjectRetenti type PutObjectTaggingInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutObjectTaggingRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Tagging"` + // The bucket containing the object. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Name of the tag. + // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Container for the TagSet and Tag elements + // // Tagging is a required field Tagging *Tagging `locationName:"Tagging" type:"structure" required:"true" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` + // The versionId of the object that the tag-set will be added to. VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` } @@ -21217,6 +25105,7 @@ func (s *PutObjectTaggingInput) SetVersionId(v string) *PutObjectTaggingInput { type PutObjectTaggingOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // The versionId of the object the tag-set was added to. VersionId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-version-id" type:"string"` } @@ -21322,6 +25211,8 @@ func (s PutPublicAccessBlockOutput) GoString() string { type QueueConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // A collection of bucket events for which to send notiications + // // Events is a required field Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true" required:"true"` @@ -21391,6 +25282,10 @@ func (s *QueueConfiguration) SetQueueArn(v string) *QueueConfiguration { return s } +// This data type is deprecated. Please use QueueConfiguration for the same +// purposes. This dat type specifies the configuration for publishing messages +// to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue when Amazon S3 detects +// specified events. type QueueConfigurationDeprecated struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -21399,12 +25294,15 @@ type QueueConfigurationDeprecated struct { // Deprecated: Event has been deprecated Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"` + // A collection of bucket events for which to send notiications Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true"` // An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. // If you don't provide one, Amazon S3 will assign an ID. Id *string `type:"string"` + // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SQS queue to which Amazon S3 + // publishes a message when it detects events of the specified type. Queue *string `type:"string"` } @@ -21442,6 +25340,7 @@ func (s *QueueConfigurationDeprecated) SetQueue(v string) *QueueConfigurationDep return s } +// The container for the records event. type RecordsEvent struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"RecordsEvent" type:"structure" payload:"Payload"` @@ -21608,7 +25507,7 @@ type ReplicationConfiguration struct { // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS Identity and Access Management // (IAM) role that Amazon S3 assumes when replicating objects. For more information, - // see How to Set Up Cross-Region Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/crr-how-setup.html) + // see How to Set Up Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-how-setup.html) // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. // // Role is a required field @@ -21673,7 +25572,17 @@ func (s *ReplicationConfiguration) SetRules(v []*ReplicationRule) *ReplicationCo type ReplicationRule struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Specifies whether Amazon S3 should replicate delete makers. + // Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates the delete markers. If you specify + // a Filter, you must specify this element. However, in the latest version of + // replication configuration (when Filter is specified), Amazon S3 doesn't replicate + // delete markers. Therefore, the DeleteMarkerReplication element can contain + // only Disabled. For an example configuration, see Basic Rule + // Configuration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-config-min-rule-config). + // + // If you don't specify the Filter element, Amazon S3 assumes the replication + // configuration is the earlier version, V1. In the earlier version, Amazon + // S3 handled replication of delete markers differently. For more information, + // see Backward Compatibility (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication-add-config.html#replication-backward-compat-considerations). DeleteMarkerReplication *DeleteMarkerReplication `type:"structure"` // A container for information about the replication destination. @@ -21681,6 +25590,10 @@ type ReplicationRule struct { // Destination is a required field Destination *Destination `type:"structure" required:"true"` + // A container that specifies information about existing object replication. + // You can choose whether to enable or disable the replication of existing objects. + ExistingObjectReplication *ExistingObjectReplication `type:"structure"` + // A filter that identifies the subset of objects to which the replication rule // applies. A Filter must specify exactly one Prefix, Tag, or an And child element. Filter *ReplicationRuleFilter `type:"structure"` @@ -21706,7 +25619,7 @@ type ReplicationRule struct { // * Same object qualify tag based filter criteria specified in multiple // rules // - // For more information, see Cross-Region Replication (CRR) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/crr.html) + // For more information, see Replication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/replication.html) // in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide. Priority *int64 `type:"integer"` @@ -21714,7 +25627,7 @@ type ReplicationRule struct { // objects that you want to replicate. You can choose to enable or disable the // replication of these objects. Currently, Amazon S3 supports only the filter // that you can specify for objects created with server-side encryption using - // an AWS KMS-Managed Key (SSE-KMS). + // a customer master key (CMK) stored in AWS Key Management Service (SSE-KMS). SourceSelectionCriteria *SourceSelectionCriteria `type:"structure"` // Specifies whether the rule is enabled. @@ -21747,6 +25660,11 @@ func (s *ReplicationRule) Validate() error { invalidParams.AddNested("Destination", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) } } + if s.ExistingObjectReplication != nil { + if err := s.ExistingObjectReplication.Validate(); err != nil { + invalidParams.AddNested("ExistingObjectReplication", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) + } + } if s.Filter != nil { if err := s.Filter.Validate(); err != nil { invalidParams.AddNested("Filter", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) @@ -21776,6 +25694,12 @@ func (s *ReplicationRule) SetDestination(v *Destination) *ReplicationRule { return s } +// SetExistingObjectReplication sets the ExistingObjectReplication field's value. +func (s *ReplicationRule) SetExistingObjectReplication(v *ExistingObjectReplication) *ReplicationRule { + s.ExistingObjectReplication = v + return s +} + // SetFilter sets the Filter field's value. func (s *ReplicationRule) SetFilter(v *ReplicationRuleFilter) *ReplicationRule { s.Filter = v @@ -21812,11 +25736,25 @@ func (s *ReplicationRule) SetStatus(v string) *ReplicationRule { return s } +// A container for specifying rule filters. The filters determine the subset +// of objects to which the rule applies. This element is required only if you +// specify more than one filter. +// +// For example: +// +// * If you specify both a Prefix and a Tag filter, wrap these filters in +// an And tag. +// +// * If you specify a filter based on multiple tags, wrap the Tag elements +// in an And tag type ReplicationRuleAndOperator struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // An object keyname prefix that identifies the subset of objects to which the + // rule applies. Prefix *string `type:"string"` + // An array of tags containing key and value pairs. Tags []*Tag `locationName:"Tag" locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" flattened:"true"` } @@ -21936,6 +25874,7 @@ func (s *ReplicationRuleFilter) SetTag(v *Tag) *ReplicationRuleFilter { return s } +// Container for Payer. type RequestPaymentConfiguration struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -21974,6 +25913,7 @@ func (s *RequestPaymentConfiguration) SetPayer(v string) *RequestPaymentConfigur return s } +// Container for specifiying if periodic QueryProgress messages should be sent. type RequestProgress struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -22001,9 +25941,13 @@ func (s *RequestProgress) SetEnabled(v bool) *RequestProgress { type RestoreObjectInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"RestoreObjectRequest" type:"structure" payload:"RestoreRequest"` + // The bucket name. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` + // Object key for which the operation was initiated. + // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -22016,6 +25960,7 @@ type RestoreObjectInput struct { // Container for restore job parameters. RestoreRequest *RestoreRequest `locationName:"RestoreRequest" type:"structure" xmlURI:"http://s3.amazonaws.com/doc/2006-03-01/"` + // VersionId used to reference a specific version of the object. VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"` } @@ -22298,6 +26243,7 @@ type Rule struct { // in the Amazon Simple Storage Service Developer Guide. AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload *AbortIncompleteMultipartUpload `type:"structure"` + // Specifies the expiration for the lifecycle of the object. Expiration *LifecycleExpiration `type:"structure"` // Unique identifier for the rule. The value can't be longer than 255 characters. @@ -22413,8 +26359,8 @@ func (s *Rule) SetTransition(v *Transition) *Rule { type SSEKMS struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"SSE-KMS" type:"structure"` - // Specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master encryption - // key to use for encrypting Inventory reports. + // Specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) customer master + // key (CMK) to use for encrypting Inventory reports. // // KeyId is a required field KeyId *string `type:"string" required:"true" sensitive:"true"` @@ -22469,11 +26415,15 @@ type ScanRange struct { // Specifies the end of the byte range. This parameter is optional. Valid values: // non-negative integers. The default value is one less than the size of the - // object being queried. + // object being queried. If only the End parameter is supplied, it is interpreted + // to mean scan the last N bytes of the file. For example; 50 + // means scan the last 50 bytes. End *int64 `type:"long"` // Specifies the start of the byte range. This parameter is optional. Valid - // values: non-negative integers. The default value is 0. + // values: non-negative integers. The default value is 0. If only start is supplied, + // it means scan from that point to the end of the file.For example; 50 + // means scan from byte 50 until the end of the file. Start *int64 `type:"long"` } @@ -22778,6 +26728,18 @@ type SelectObjectContentInput struct { // is processed when its first byte is contained by the range. This parameter // is optional, but when specified, it must not be empty. See RFC 2616, Section // 14.35.1 about how to specify the start and end of the range. + // + // ScanRangemay be used in the following ways: + // + // * 50100 - process only + // the records starting between the bytes 50 and 100 (inclusive, counting + // from zero) + // + // * 50 - process only the records + // starting after the byte 50 + // + // * 50 - process only the records within + // the last 50 bytes of the file. ScanRange *ScanRange `type:"structure"` } @@ -23176,7 +27138,7 @@ func (s *ServerSideEncryptionRule) SetApplyServerSideEncryptionByDefault(v *Serv // objects that you want to replicate. You can choose to enable or disable the // replication of these objects. Currently, Amazon S3 supports only the filter // that you can specify for objects created with server-side encryption using -// an AWS KMS-Managed Key (SSE-KMS). +// a customer master key (CMK) stored in AWS Key Management Service (SSE-KMS). type SourceSelectionCriteria struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -23223,7 +27185,7 @@ type SseKmsEncryptedObjects struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // Specifies whether Amazon S3 replicates objects created with server-side encryption - // using an AWS KMS-managed key. + // using a customer master key (CMK) stored in AWS Key Management Service. // // Status is a required field Status *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"SseKmsEncryptedObjectsStatus"` @@ -23258,6 +27220,7 @@ func (s *SseKmsEncryptedObjects) SetStatus(v string) *SseKmsEncryptedObjects { return s } +// Container for the stats details. type Stats struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -23299,6 +27262,7 @@ func (s *Stats) SetBytesScanned(v int64) *Stats { return s } +// Container for the Stats Event. type StatsEvent struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"StatsEvent" type:"structure" payload:"Details"` @@ -23381,6 +27345,8 @@ func (s *StorageClassAnalysis) SetDataExport(v *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) return s } +// Container for data related to the storage class analysis for an Amazon S3 +// bucket for export. type StorageClassAnalysisDataExport struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -23438,6 +27404,7 @@ func (s *StorageClassAnalysisDataExport) SetOutputSchemaVersion(v string) *Stora return s } +// A container of a key value name pair. type Tag struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -23493,9 +27460,12 @@ func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag { return s } +// Container for TagSet elements. type Tagging struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // A collection for a a set of tags + // // TagSet is a required field TagSet []*Tag `locationNameList:"Tag" type:"list" required:"true"` } @@ -23539,9 +27509,11 @@ func (s *Tagging) SetTagSet(v []*Tag) *Tagging { return s } +// Container for granting information. type TargetGrant struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + // Container for the person being granted permissions. Grantee *Grantee `type:"structure" xmlPrefix:"xsi" xmlURI:"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"` // Logging permissions assigned to the Grantee for the bucket. @@ -23664,6 +27636,10 @@ func (s *TopicConfiguration) SetTopicArn(v string) *TopicConfiguration { return s } +// A container for specifying the configuration for publication of messages +// to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic when Amazon S3 +// detects specified events. This data type is deperecated. Please use TopicConfiguration +// instead. type TopicConfigurationDeprecated struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -23672,6 +27648,7 @@ type TopicConfigurationDeprecated struct { // Deprecated: Event has been deprecated Event *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string" enum:"Event"` + // A collection of events related to objects Events []*string `locationName:"Event" type:"list" flattened:"true"` // An optional unique identifier for configurations in a notification configuration. @@ -23764,6 +27741,8 @@ func (s *Transition) SetStorageClass(v string) *Transition { type UploadPartCopyInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"UploadPartCopyRequest" type:"structure"` + // The bucket name. + // // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -23806,6 +27785,8 @@ type UploadPartCopyInput struct { // key was transmitted without error. CopySourceSSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-copy-source-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` + // Object key for which the multipart upload was initiated. + // // Key is a required field Key *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Key" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -24010,6 +27991,7 @@ func (s *UploadPartCopyInput) SetUploadId(v string) *UploadPartCopyInput { type UploadPartCopyOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"CopyPartResult"` + // Container for all response elements. CopyPartResult *CopyPartResult `type:"structure"` // The version of the source object that was copied, if you have enabled versioning @@ -24030,8 +28012,8 @@ type UploadPartCopyOutput struct { // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` - // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master - // encryption key that was used for the object. + // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) customer + // master key (CMK) that was used for the object. SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 @@ -24288,8 +28270,8 @@ type UploadPartOutput struct { // verification of the customer-provided encryption key. SSECustomerKeyMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-customer-key-MD5" type:"string"` - // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) master - // encryption key that was used for the object. + // If present, specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (KMS) customer + // master key (CMK) was used for the object. SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 @@ -24615,6 +28597,14 @@ const ( EventS3ObjectRestoreCompleted = "s3:ObjectRestore:Completed" ) +const ( + // ExistingObjectReplicationStatusEnabled is a ExistingObjectReplicationStatus enum value + ExistingObjectReplicationStatusEnabled = "Enabled" + + // ExistingObjectReplicationStatusDisabled is a ExistingObjectReplicationStatus enum value + ExistingObjectReplicationStatusDisabled = "Disabled" +) + const ( // ExpirationStatusEnabled is a ExpirationStatus enum value ExpirationStatusEnabled = "Enabled" diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/errors.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/errors.go index 931cb17bb..4db907024 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/errors.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/errors.go @@ -13,6 +13,12 @@ const ( // ErrCodeBucketAlreadyOwnedByYou for service response error code // "BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou". + // + // The bucket you tried to create already exists, and you own it. Amazon S3 + // returns this error in all AWS Regions except in the North Virginia region. + // For legacy compatibility, if you re-create an existing bucket that you already + // own in the North Virginia region, Amazon S3 returns 200 OK and resets the + // bucket access control lists (ACLs). ErrCodeBucketAlreadyOwnedByYou = "BucketAlreadyOwnedByYou" // ErrCodeNoSuchBucket for service response error code diff --git a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/s3manager/upload_input.go b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/s3manager/upload_input.go index 459c7a312..f1ccc249a 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/s3manager/upload_input.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/s3manager/upload_input.go @@ -14,7 +14,8 @@ import ( type UploadInput struct { _ struct{} `locationName:"PutObjectRequest" type:"structure" payload:"Body"` - // The canned ACL to apply to the object. + // The canned ACL to apply to the object. For more information, see Canned ACL + // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/acl-overview.html#CannedACL). ACL *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-acl" type:"string" enum:"ObjectCannedACL"` // The readable body payload to send to S3. @@ -25,29 +26,38 @@ type UploadInput struct { // Bucket is a required field Bucket *string `location:"uri" locationName:"Bucket" type:"string" required:"true"` - // Specifies caching behavior along the request/reply chain. + // Can be used to specify caching behavior along the request/reply chain. For + // more information, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9 + // (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.9). CacheControl *string `location:"header" locationName:"Cache-Control" type:"string"` - // Specifies presentational information for the object. + // Specifies presentational information for the object. For more information, + // see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec19.html#sec19.5.1 (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec19.html#sec19.5.1). ContentDisposition *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Disposition" type:"string"` // Specifies what content encodings have been applied to the object and thus // what decoding mechanisms must be applied to obtain the media-type referenced - // by the Content-Type header field. + // by the Content-Type header field. For more information, see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.11 + // (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.11). ContentEncoding *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Encoding" type:"string"` // The language the content is in. ContentLanguage *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Language" type:"string"` - // The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the part data. This parameter is - // auto-populated when using the command from the CLI. This parameted is required - // if object lock parameters are specified. + // The base64-encoded 128-bit MD5 digest of the message (without the headers) + // according to RFC 1864. This header can be used as a message integrity check + // to verify that the data is the same data that was originally sent. Although + // it is optional, we recommend using the Content-MD5 mechanism as an end-to-end + // integrity check. For more information about REST request authentication, + // see REST Authentication (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/RESTAuthentication.html). ContentMD5 *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-MD5" type:"string"` - // A standard MIME type describing the format of the object data. + // A standard MIME type describing the format of the contents. For more information, + // see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.17 (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.17). ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string"` - // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. + // The date and time at which the object is no longer cacheable. For more information, + // see http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.21 (http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec14.html#sec14.21). Expires *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Expires" type:"timestamp"` // Gives the grantee READ, READ_ACP, and WRITE_ACP permissions on the object. @@ -70,13 +80,14 @@ type UploadInput struct { // A map of metadata to store with the object in S3. Metadata map[string]*string `location:"headers" locationName:"x-amz-meta-" type:"map"` - // The Legal Hold status that you want to apply to the specified object. + // Specifies whether a legal hold will be applied to this object. For more information + // about S3 Object Lock, see Object Lock (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/object-lock.html). ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-legal-hold" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockLegalHoldStatus"` - // The object lock mode that you want to apply to this object. + // The Object Lock mode that you want to apply to this object. ObjectLockMode *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-mode" type:"string" enum:"ObjectLockMode"` - // The date and time when you want this object's object lock to expire. + // The date and time when you want this object's Object Lock to expire. ObjectLockRetainUntilDate *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-object-lock-retain-until-date" type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"iso8601"` // Confirms that the requester knows that she or he will be charged for the @@ -105,17 +116,22 @@ type UploadInput struct { // encryption context key-value pairs. SSEKMSEncryptionContext *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-context" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` - // Specifies the AWS KMS key ID to use for object encryption. All GET and PUT - // requests for an object protected by AWS KMS will fail if not made via SSL - // or using SigV4. Documentation on configuring any of the officially supported - // AWS SDKs and CLI can be found at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/UsingAWSSDK.html#specify-signature-version + // If the x-amz-server-side-encryption is present and has the value of aws:kms, + // this header specifies the ID of the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) + // customer master key (CMK) that was used for the object. + // + // If the value of x-amz-server-side-encryption is aws:kms, this header specifies + // the ID of the AWS KMS CMK that will be used for the object. If you specify + // x-amz-server-side-encryption:aws:kms, but do not provide x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id, + // Amazon S3 uses the AWS managed CMK in AWS to protect the data. SSEKMSKeyId *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption-aws-kms-key-id" type:"string" sensitive:"true"` // The Server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3 // (e.g., AES256, aws:kms). ServerSideEncryption *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-server-side-encryption" type:"string" enum:"ServerSideEncryption"` - // The type of storage to use for the object. Defaults to 'STANDARD'. + // If you don't specify, Standard is the default storage class. Amazon S3 supports + // other storage classes. StorageClass *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-storage-class" type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"` // The tag-set for the object. The tag-set must be encoded as URL Query parameters. @@ -124,6 +140,21 @@ type UploadInput struct { // If the bucket is configured as a website, redirects requests for this object // to another object in the same bucket or to an external URL. Amazon S3 stores - // the value of this header in the object metadata. + // the value of this header in the object metadata. For information about object + // metadata, see . + // + // In the following example, the request header sets the redirect to an object + // (anotherPage.html) in the same bucket: + // + // x-amz-website-redirect-location: /anotherPage.html + // + // In the following example, the request header sets the object redirect to + // another website: + // + // x-amz-website-redirect-location: http://www.example.com/ + // + // For more information about website hosting in Amazon S3, see Hosting Websites + // on Amazon S3 (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/WebsiteHosting.html) + // and How to Configure Website Page Redirects (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/how-to-page-redirect.html). WebsiteRedirectLocation *string `location:"header" locationName:"x-amz-website-redirect-location" type:"string"` } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/README.md b/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/README.md index cbcc6ea5e..2fd8693c2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/README.md +++ b/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/README.md @@ -28,6 +28,18 @@ func (*Digest) Sum64() uint64 This implementation provides a fast pure-Go implementation and an even faster assembly implementation for amd64. +## Compatibility + +This package is in a module and the latest code is in version 2 of the module. +You need a version of Go with at least "minimal module compatibility" to use +github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2: + +* 1.9.7+ for Go 1.9 +* 1.10.3+ for Go 1.10 +* Go 1.11 or later + +I recommend using the latest release of Go. + ## Benchmarks Here are some quick benchmarks comparing the pure-Go and assembly diff --git a/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/go.mod b/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/go.mod index e81cef108..49f67608b 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/go.mod +++ b/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/go.mod @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ module github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2 -go 1.13 +go 1.11 diff --git a/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/xxhash_amd64.go b/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/xxhash_amd64.go index 35318d7c4..ad14b807f 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/xxhash_amd64.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2/xxhash_amd64.go @@ -10,4 +10,4 @@ package xxhash func Sum64(b []byte) uint64 //go:noescape -func writeBlocks(*Digest, []byte) int +func writeBlocks(d *Digest, b []byte) int diff --git a/vendor/github.com/klauspost/compress/zstd/blockdec.go b/vendor/github.com/klauspost/compress/zstd/blockdec.go index 972a304a4..47cc21d6d 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/klauspost/compress/zstd/blockdec.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/klauspost/compress/zstd/blockdec.go @@ -161,7 +161,8 @@ func (b *blockDec) reset(br byteBuffer, windowSize uint64) error { b.data, err = br.readBig(cSize, b.dataStorage) if err != nil { if debug { - println("Reading block:", err) + println("Reading block:", err, "(", cSize, ")", len(b.data)) + printf("%T", br) } return err } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/klauspost/compress/zstd/bytebuf.go b/vendor/github.com/klauspost/compress/zstd/bytebuf.go index 3538063f1..07321acb1 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/klauspost/compress/zstd/bytebuf.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/klauspost/compress/zstd/bytebuf.go @@ -101,6 +101,9 @@ func (r *readerWrapper) readBig(n int, dst []byte) ([]byte, error) { dst = make([]byte, n) } n2, err := io.ReadFull(r.r, dst[:n]) + if err == io.EOF && n > 0 { + err = io.ErrUnexpectedEOF + } return dst[:n2], err } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/klauspost/compress/zstd/framedec.go b/vendor/github.com/klauspost/compress/zstd/framedec.go index 9ca188658..9e00437a2 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/klauspost/compress/zstd/framedec.go +++ b/vendor/github.com/klauspost/compress/zstd/framedec.go @@ -194,14 +194,14 @@ func (d *frameDec) reset(br byteBuffer) error { // When FCS_Field_Size is 2, the offset of 256 is added. d.FrameContentSize = uint64(b[0]) | (uint64(b[1]) << 8) + 256 case 4: - d.FrameContentSize = uint64(b[0]) | (uint64(b[1]) << 8) | (uint64(b[2]) << 16) | (uint64(b[3] << 24)) + d.FrameContentSize = uint64(b[0]) | (uint64(b[1]) << 8) | (uint64(b[2]) << 16) | (uint64(b[3]) << 24) case 8: d1 := uint32(b[0]) | (uint32(b[1]) << 8) | (uint32(b[2]) << 16) | (uint32(b[3]) << 24) d2 := uint32(b[4]) | (uint32(b[5]) << 8) | (uint32(b[6]) << 16) | (uint32(b[7]) << 24) d.FrameContentSize = uint64(d1) | (uint64(d2) << 32) } if debug { - println("field size bits:", v, "fcsSize:", fcsSize, "FrameContentSize:", d.FrameContentSize, hex.EncodeToString(b[:fcsSize])) + println("field size bits:", v, "fcsSize:", fcsSize, "FrameContentSize:", d.FrameContentSize, hex.EncodeToString(b[:fcsSize]), "singleseg:", d.SingleSegment, "window:", d.WindowSize) } } // Move this to shared. @@ -414,6 +414,7 @@ func (d *frameDec) startDecoder(output chan decodeOutput) { } written += int64(len(r.b)) if d.SingleSegment && uint64(written) > d.FrameContentSize { + println("runDecoder: single segment and", uint64(written), ">", d.FrameContentSize) r.err = ErrFrameSizeExceeded output <- r return @@ -464,6 +465,7 @@ func (d *frameDec) runDecoder(dst []byte, dec *blockDec) ([]byte, error) { break } if d.SingleSegment && uint64(len(d.history.b)) > d.o.maxDecodedSize { + println("runDecoder: single segment and", uint64(len(d.history.b)), ">", d.o.maxDecodedSize) err = ErrFrameSizeExceeded break } diff --git a/vendor/github.com/valyala/quicktemplate/README.md b/vendor/github.com/valyala/quicktemplate/README.md index fb8a5544c..948e145ac 100644 --- a/vendor/github.com/valyala/quicktemplate/README.md +++ b/vendor/github.com/valyala/quicktemplate/README.md @@ -310,6 +310,25 @@ There are other useful tags supported by quicktemplate: or is used ``` + * It is possible removing whitespace before and after the tag by adding `-` after `{%` or prepending `%}` with `-`. For example: + + ```qtpl + var sum int + {%- for i := 1; i <= 3; i++ -%} + sum += {%d i %} + {%- endfor -%} + return sum + ``` + + Is converted into: + ``` + var sum int + sum += 1 + sum += 2 + sum += 3 + return sum + ``` + * `{% switch %}`, `{% case %}` and `{% default %}`: diff --git a/vendor/go.opencensus.io/Gopkg.lock b/vendor/go.opencensus.io/Gopkg.lock deleted file mode 100644 index 3be12ac8f..000000000 --- a/vendor/go.opencensus.io/Gopkg.lock +++ /dev/null @@ -1,231 +0,0 @@ -# This file is autogenerated, do not edit; changes may be undone by the next 'dep ensure'. - - -[[projects]] - branch = "master" - digest = "1:eee9386329f4fcdf8d6c0def0c9771b634bdd5ba460d888aa98c17d59b37a76c" - name = "git.apache.org/thrift.git" - packages = ["lib/go/thrift"] - pruneopts = "UT" - revision = "6e67faa92827ece022380b211c2caaadd6145bf5" - source = "github.com/apache/thrift" - -[[projects]] - branch = "master" - digest = "1:d6afaeed1502aa28e80a4ed0981d570ad91b2579193404256ce672ed0a609e0d" - name = "github.com/beorn7/perks" - packages = ["quantile"] - pruneopts = "UT" - revision = "3a771d992973f24aa725d07868b467d1ddfceafb" - -[[projects]] - digest = "1:4c0989ca0bcd10799064318923b9bc2db6b4d6338dd75f3f2d86c3511aaaf5cf" - name = "github.com/golang/protobuf" - packages = [ - "proto", - "ptypes", - "ptypes/any", - "ptypes/duration", - "ptypes/timestamp", - ] - pruneopts = "UT" - revision = "aa810b61a9c79d51363740d207bb46cf8e620ed5" - version = "v1.2.0" - -[[projects]] - digest = "1:ff5ebae34cfbf047d505ee150de27e60570e8c394b3b8fdbb720ff6ac71985fc" - name = "github.com/matttproud/golang_protobuf_extensions" - packages = ["pbutil"] - pruneopts = "UT" - revision = "c12348ce28de40eed0136aa2b644d0ee0650e56c" - version = "v1.0.1" - -[[projects]] - digest = "1:824c8f3aa4c5f23928fa84ebbd5ed2e9443b3f0cb958a40c1f2fbed5cf5e64b1" - name = "github.com/openzipkin/zipkin-go" - packages = [ - ".", - "idgenerator", - "model", - "propagation", - "reporter", - "reporter/http", - ] - pruneopts = "UT" - revision = "d455a5674050831c1e187644faa4046d653433c2" - version = "v0.1.1" - -[[projects]] - digest = "1:d14a5f4bfecf017cb780bdde1b6483e5deb87e12c332544d2c430eda58734bcb" - name = "github.com/prometheus/client_golang" - packages = [ - "prometheus", - "prometheus/promhttp", - ] - pruneopts = "UT" - revision = "c5b7fccd204277076155f10851dad72b76a49317" - version = "v0.8.0" - -[[projects]] - branch = "master" - digest = "1:2d5cd61daa5565187e1d96bae64dbbc6080dacf741448e9629c64fd93203b0d4" - name = "github.com/prometheus/client_model" - packages = ["go"] - pruneopts = "UT" - revision = "5c3871d89910bfb32f5fcab2aa4b9ec68e65a99f" - -[[projects]] - branch = "master" - digest = "1:63b68062b8968092eb86bedc4e68894bd096ea6b24920faca8b9dcf451f54bb5" - name = "github.com/prometheus/common" - packages = [ - "expfmt", - "internal/bitbucket.org/ww/goautoneg", - "model", - ] - pruneopts = "UT" - revision = "c7de2306084e37d54b8be01f3541a8464345e9a5" - -[[projects]] - branch = "master" - digest = "1:8c49953a1414305f2ff5465147ee576dd705487c35b15918fcd4efdc0cb7a290" - name = "github.com/prometheus/procfs" - packages = [ - ".", - "internal/util", - "nfs", - "xfs", - ] - pruneopts = "UT" - revision = "05ee40e3a273f7245e8777337fc7b46e533a9a92" - -[[projects]] - branch = "master" - digest = "1:deafe4ab271911fec7de5b693d7faae3f38796d9eb8622e2b9e7df42bb3dfea9" - name = "golang.org/x/net" - packages = [ - "context", - "http/httpguts", - "http2", - "http2/hpack", - "idna", - "internal/timeseries", - "trace", - ] - pruneopts = "UT" - revision = "922f4815f713f213882e8ef45e0d315b164d705c" - -[[projects]] - branch = "master" - digest = "1:e0140c0c868c6e0f01c0380865194592c011fe521d6e12d78bfd33e756fe018a" - name = "golang.org/x/sync" - packages = ["semaphore"] - pruneopts = "UT" - revision = "1d60e4601c6fd243af51cc01ddf169918a5407ca" - -[[projects]] - branch = "master" - digest = "1:a3f00ac457c955fe86a41e1495e8f4c54cb5399d609374c5cc26aa7d72e542c8" - name = "golang.org/x/sys" - packages = ["unix"] - pruneopts = "UT" - revision = "3b58ed4ad3395d483fc92d5d14123ce2c3581fec" - -[[projects]] - digest = "1:a2ab62866c75542dd18d2b069fec854577a20211d7c0ea6ae746072a1dccdd18" - name = "golang.org/x/text" - packages = [ - "collate", - "collate/build", - "internal/colltab", - "internal/gen", - "internal/tag", - "internal/triegen", - "internal/ucd", - "language", - "secure/bidirule", - "transform", - "unicode/bidi", - "unicode/cldr", - "unicode/norm", - "unicode/rangetable", - ] - pruneopts = "UT" - revision = "f21a4dfb5e38f5895301dc265a8def02365cc3d0" - version = "v0.3.0" - -[[projects]] - branch = "master" - digest = "1:c0c17c94fe8bc1ab34e7f586a4a8b788c5e1f4f9f750ff23395b8b2f5a523530" - name = "google.golang.org/api" - packages = ["support/bundler"] - pruneopts = "UT" - revision = "e21acd801f91da814261b938941d193bb036441a" - -[[projects]] - branch = "master" - digest = "1:077c1c599507b3b3e9156d17d36e1e61928ee9b53a5b420f10f28ebd4a0b275c" - name = "google.golang.org/genproto" - packages = ["googleapis/rpc/status"] - pruneopts = "UT" - revision = "c66870c02cf823ceb633bcd05be3c7cda29976f4" - -[[projects]] - digest = "1:3dd7996ce6bf52dec6a2f69fa43e7c4cefea1d4dfa3c8ab7a5f8a9f7434e239d" - name = "google.golang.org/grpc" - packages = [ - ".", - "balancer", - "balancer/base", - "balancer/roundrobin", - "codes", - "connectivity", - "credentials", - "encoding", - "encoding/proto", - "grpclog", - "internal", - "internal/backoff", - "internal/channelz", - "internal/envconfig", - "internal/grpcrand", - "internal/transport", - "keepalive", - "metadata", - "naming", - "peer", - "resolver", - "resolver/dns", - "resolver/passthrough", - "stats", - "status", - "tap", - ] - pruneopts = "UT" - revision = "32fb0ac620c32ba40a4626ddf94d90d12cce3455" - version = "v1.14.0" - -[solve-meta] - analyzer-name = "dep" - analyzer-version = 1 - input-imports = [ - "git.apache.org/thrift.git/lib/go/thrift", - "github.com/golang/protobuf/proto", - "github.com/openzipkin/zipkin-go", - "github.com/openzipkin/zipkin-go/model", - "github.com/openzipkin/zipkin-go/reporter", - "github.com/openzipkin/zipkin-go/reporter/http", - "github.com/prometheus/client_golang/prometheus", - "github.com/prometheus/client_golang/prometheus/promhttp", - "golang.org/x/net/context", - "golang.org/x/net/http2", - "google.golang.org/api/support/bundler", - "google.golang.org/grpc", - "google.golang.org/grpc/codes", - "google.golang.org/grpc/grpclog", - "google.golang.org/grpc/metadata", - "google.golang.org/grpc/stats", - "google.golang.org/grpc/status", - ] - solver-name = "gps-cdcl" - solver-version = 1 diff --git a/vendor/go.opencensus.io/Gopkg.toml b/vendor/go.opencensus.io/Gopkg.toml deleted file mode 100644 index a9f3cd68e..000000000 --- a/vendor/go.opencensus.io/Gopkg.toml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ -# For v0.x.y dependencies, prefer adding a constraints of the form: version=">= 0.x.y" -# to avoid locking to a particular minor version which can cause dep to not be -# able to find a satisfying dependency graph. - -[[constraint]] - branch = "master" - name = "git.apache.org/thrift.git" - source = "github.com/apache/thrift" - -[[constraint]] - name = "github.com/golang/protobuf" - version = "1.0.0" - -[[constraint]] - name = "github.com/openzipkin/zipkin-go" - version = ">=0.1.0" - -[[constraint]] - name = "github.com/prometheus/client_golang" - version = ">=0.8.0" - -[[constraint]] - branch = "master" - name = "golang.org/x/net" - -[[constraint]] - branch = "master" - name = "google.golang.org/api" - -[[constraint]] - name = "google.golang.org/grpc" - version = "1.11.3" - -[prune] - go-tests = true - unused-packages = true diff --git a/vendor/go.opencensus.io/README.md b/vendor/go.opencensus.io/README.md index a8cd09eaf..1d7e83711 100644 --- a/vendor/go.opencensus.io/README.md +++ b/vendor/go.opencensus.io/README.md @@ -9,6 +9,8 @@ OpenCensus Go is a Go implementation of OpenCensus, a toolkit for collecting application performance and behavior monitoring data. Currently it consists of three major components: tags, stats and tracing. +#### OpenCensus and OpenTracing have merged to form OpenTelemetry, which serves as the next major version of OpenCensus and OpenTracing. OpenTelemetry will offer backwards compatibility with existing OpenCensus integrations, and we will continue to make security patches to existing OpenCensus libraries for two years. Read more about the merger [here](https://medium.com/opentracing/a-roadmap-to-convergence-b074e5815289). + ## Installation ``` @@ -57,6 +59,7 @@ can implement their own exporters by implementing the exporter interfaces * [Datadog][exporter-datadog] for stats and traces * [Graphite][exporter-graphite] for stats * [Honeycomb][exporter-honeycomb] for traces +* [New Relic][exporter-newrelic] for stats and traces ## Overview @@ -261,3 +264,4 @@ release in which the functionality was marked *Deprecated*. [exporter-datadog]: https://github.com/DataDog/opencensus-go-exporter-datadog [exporter-graphite]: https://github.com/census-ecosystem/opencensus-go-exporter-graphite [exporter-honeycomb]: https://github.com/honeycombio/opencensus-exporter +[exporter-newrelic]: https://github.com/newrelic/newrelic-opencensus-exporter-go diff --git a/vendor/go.opencensus.io/appveyor.yml b/vendor/go.opencensus.io/appveyor.yml index 12bd7c4c7..d08f0edaf 100644 --- a/vendor/go.opencensus.io/appveyor.yml +++ b/vendor/go.opencensus.io/appveyor.yml @@ -6,13 +6,12 @@ clone_folder: c:\gopath\src\go.opencensus.io environment: GOPATH: 'c:\gopath' - GOVERSION: '1.11' GO111MODULE: 'on' CGO_ENABLED: '0' # See: https://github.com/appveyor/ci/issues/2613 -install: - - set PATH=%GOPATH%\bin;c:\go\bin;%PATH% - - choco upgrade golang --version 1.11.5 # Temporary fix because of a go.sum bug in 1.11 +stack: go 1.11 + +before_test: - go version - go env diff --git a/vendor/go.opencensus.io/go.mod b/vendor/go.opencensus.io/go.mod index 7c1886e9e..c867df5f5 100644 --- a/vendor/go.opencensus.io/go.mod +++ b/vendor/go.opencensus.io/go.mod @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ require ( github.com/golang/groupcache v0.0.0-20190702054246-869f871628b6 github.com/golang/protobuf v1.3.1 github.com/google/go-cmp v0.3.0 + github.com/stretchr/testify v1.4.0 golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20190620200207-3b0461eec859 golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20190502145724-3ef323f4f1fd // indirect golang.org/x/text v0.3.2 // indirect diff --git a/vendor/go.opencensus.io/go.sum b/vendor/go.opencensus.io/go.sum index 212b6b73b..ed2a1d844 100644 --- a/vendor/go.opencensus.io/go.sum +++ b/vendor/go.opencensus.io/go.sum @@ -1,6 +1,8 @@ cloud.google.com/go v0.26.0/go.mod h1:aQUYkXzVsufM+DwF1aE+0xfcU+56JwCaLick0ClmMTw= github.com/BurntSushi/toml v0.3.1/go.mod h1:xHWCNGjB5oqiDr8zfno3MHue2Ht5sIBksp03qcyfWMU= github.com/client9/misspell v0.3.4/go.mod h1:qj6jICC3Q7zFZvVWo7KLAzC3yx5G7kyvSDkc90ppPyw= +github.com/davecgh/go-spew v1.1.0 h1:ZDRjVQ15GmhC3fiQ8ni8+OwkZQO4DARzQgrnXU1Liz8= +github.com/davecgh/go-spew v1.1.0/go.mod h1:J7Y8YcW2NihsgmVo/mv3lAwl/skON4iLHjSsI+c5H38= github.com/golang/glog v0.0.0-20160126235308-23def4e6c14b h1:VKtxabqXZkF25pY9ekfRL6a582T4P37/31XEstQ5p58= github.com/golang/glog v0.0.0-20160126235308-23def4e6c14b/go.mod h1:SBH7ygxi8pfUlaOkMMuAQtPIUF8ecWP5IEl/CR7VP2Q= github.com/golang/groupcache v0.0.0-20190702054246-869f871628b6 h1:ZgQEtGgCBiWRM39fZuwSd1LwSqqSW0hOdXCYYDX0R3I= @@ -12,6 +14,11 @@ github.com/golang/protobuf v1.3.1 h1:YF8+flBXS5eO826T4nzqPrxfhQThhXl0YzfuUPu4SBg github.com/golang/protobuf v1.3.1/go.mod h1:6lQm79b+lXiMfvg/cZm0SGofjICqVBUtrP5yJMmIC1U= github.com/google/go-cmp v0.3.0 h1:crn/baboCvb5fXaQ0IJ1SGTsTVrWpDsCWC8EGETZijY= github.com/google/go-cmp v0.3.0/go.mod h1:8QqcDgzrUqlUb/G2PQTWiueGozuR1884gddMywk6iLU= +github.com/pmezard/go-difflib v1.0.0 h1:4DBwDE0NGyQoBHbLQYPwSUPoCMWR5BEzIk/f1lZbAQM= +github.com/pmezard/go-difflib v1.0.0/go.mod h1:iKH77koFhYxTK1pcRnkKkqfTogsbg7gZNVY4sRDYZ/4= +github.com/stretchr/objx v0.1.0/go.mod h1:HFkY916IF+rwdDfMAkV7OtwuqBVzrE8GR6GFx+wExME= +github.com/stretchr/testify v1.4.0 h1:2E4SXV/wtOkTonXsotYi4li6zVWxYlZuYNCXe9XRJyk= +github.com/stretchr/testify v1.4.0/go.mod h1:j7eGeouHqKxXV5pUuKE4zz7dFj8WfuZ+81PSLYec5m4= golang.org/x/crypto v0.0.0-20190308221718-c2843e01d9a2/go.mod h1:djNgcEr1/C05ACkg1iLfiJU5Ep61QUkGW8qpdssI0+w= golang.org/x/exp v0.0.0-20190121172915-509febef88a4/go.mod h1:CJ0aWSM057203Lf6IL+f9T1iT9GByDxfZKAQTCR3kQA= golang.org/x/lint v0.0.0-20181026193005-c67002cb31c3/go.mod h1:UVdnD1Gm6xHRNCYTkRU2/jEulfH38KcIWyp/GAMgvoE= @@ -60,4 +67,7 @@ google.golang.org/grpc v1.19.0/go.mod h1:mqu4LbDTu4XGKhr4mRzUsmM4RtVoemTSY81AxZi google.golang.org/grpc v1.19.0/go.mod h1:mqu4LbDTu4XGKhr4mRzUsmM4RtVoemTSY81AxZiDr8c= google.golang.org/grpc v1.20.1 h1:Hz2g2wirWK7H0qIIhGIqRGTuMwTE8HEKFnDZZ7lm9NU= google.golang.org/grpc v1.20.1/go.mod h1:10oTOabMzJvdu6/UiuZezV6QK5dSlG84ov/aaiqXj38= +gopkg.in/check.v1 v0.0.0-20161208181325-20d25e280405/go.mod h1:Co6ibVJAznAaIkqp8huTwlJQCZ016jof/cbN4VW5Yz0= +gopkg.in/yaml.v2 v2.2.2 h1:ZCJp+EgiOT7lHqUV2J862kp8Qj64Jo6az82+3Td9dZw= +gopkg.in/yaml.v2 v2.2.2/go.mod h1:hI93XBmqTisBFMUTm0b8Fm+jr3Dg1NNxqwp+5A1VGuI= honnef.co/go/tools v0.0.0-20190102054323-c2f93a96b099/go.mod h1:rf3lG4BRIbNafJWhAfAdb/ePZxsR/4RtNHQocxwk9r4= diff --git a/vendor/go.opencensus.io/plugin/ochttp/server.go b/vendor/go.opencensus.io/plugin/ochttp/server.go index dc6563a15..c7ea64235 100644 --- a/vendor/go.opencensus.io/plugin/ochttp/server.go +++ b/vendor/go.opencensus.io/plugin/ochttp/server.go @@ -70,6 +70,12 @@ type Handler struct { // from the information found in the incoming HTTP Request. By default the // name equals the URL Path. FormatSpanName func(*http.Request) string + + // IsHealthEndpoint holds the function to use for determining if the + // incoming HTTP request should be considered a health check. This is in + // addition to the private isHealthEndpoint func which may also indicate + // tracing should be skipped. + IsHealthEndpoint func(*http.Request) bool } func (h *Handler) ServeHTTP(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) { @@ -87,7 +93,7 @@ func (h *Handler) ServeHTTP(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) { } func (h *Handler) startTrace(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) (*http.Request, func()) { - if isHealthEndpoint(r.URL.Path) { + if h.IsHealthEndpoint != nil && h.IsHealthEndpoint(r) || isHealthEndpoint(r.URL.Path) { return r, func() {} } var name string diff --git a/vendor/go.opencensus.io/stats/units.go b/vendor/go.opencensus.io/stats/units.go index 6931a5f29..736399652 100644 --- a/vendor/go.opencensus.io/stats/units.go +++ b/vendor/go.opencensus.io/stats/units.go @@ -22,4 +22,5 @@ const ( UnitDimensionless = "1" UnitBytes = "By" UnitMilliseconds = "ms" + UnitSeconds = "s" ) diff --git a/vendor/go.opencensus.io/stats/view/aggregation.go b/vendor/go.opencensus.io/stats/view/aggregation.go index 8bd25314e..9d7093728 100644 --- a/vendor/go.opencensus.io/stats/view/aggregation.go +++ b/vendor/go.opencensus.io/stats/view/aggregation.go @@ -99,13 +99,14 @@ func Sum() *Aggregation { // If len(bounds) is 1 then there is no finite buckets, and that single // element is the common boundary of the overflow and underflow buckets. func Distribution(bounds ...float64) *Aggregation { - return &Aggregation{ + agg := &Aggregation{ Type: AggTypeDistribution, Buckets: bounds, - newData: func() AggregationData { - return newDistributionData(bounds) - }, } + agg.newData = func() AggregationData { + return newDistributionData(agg) + } + return agg } // LastValue only reports the last value recorded using this diff --git a/vendor/go.opencensus.io/stats/view/aggregation_data.go b/vendor/go.opencensus.io/stats/view/aggregation_data.go index d500e67f7..f331d456e 100644 --- a/vendor/go.opencensus.io/stats/view/aggregation_data.go +++ b/vendor/go.opencensus.io/stats/view/aggregation_data.go @@ -128,12 +128,12 @@ type DistributionData struct { bounds []float64 // histogram distribution of the values } -func newDistributionData(bounds []float64) *DistributionData { - bucketCount := len(bounds) + 1 +func newDistributionData(agg *Aggregation) *DistributionData { + bucketCount := len(agg.Buckets) + 1 return &DistributionData{ CountPerBucket: make([]int64, bucketCount), ExemplarsPerBucket: make([]*metricdata.Exemplar, bucketCount), - bounds: bounds, + bounds: agg.Buckets, Min: math.MaxFloat64, Max: math.SmallestNonzeroFloat64, } diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/server.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/server.go index d2ba820c7..de31d72b2 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/server.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/net/http2/server.go @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ func ConfigureServer(s *http.Server, conf *Server) error { } } if !haveRequired { - return fmt.Errorf("http2: TLSConfig.CipherSuites is missing an HTTP/2-required AES_128_GCM_SHA256 cipher.") + return fmt.Errorf("http2: TLSConfig.CipherSuites is missing an HTTP/2-required AES_128_GCM_SHA256 cipher (need at least one of TLS_ECDHE_RSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256 or TLS_ECDHE_ECDSA_WITH_AES_128_GCM_SHA256).") } } diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/net/internal/timeseries/timeseries.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/net/internal/timeseries/timeseries.go index 685f0e7ea..dc5225b6d 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/net/internal/timeseries/timeseries.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/net/internal/timeseries/timeseries.go @@ -403,9 +403,9 @@ func (ts *timeSeries) extract(l *tsLevel, start, finish time.Time, num int, resu // Where should scanning start? if dstStart.After(srcStart) { - advance := dstStart.Sub(srcStart) / srcInterval - srcIndex += int(advance) - srcStart = srcStart.Add(advance * srcInterval) + advance := int(dstStart.Sub(srcStart) / srcInterval) + srcIndex += advance + srcStart = srcStart.Add(time.Duration(advance) * srcInterval) } // The i'th value is computed as show below. diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/mkerrors.sh b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/mkerrors.sh index 4da0a63d2..fd871a756 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/mkerrors.sh +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/mkerrors.sh @@ -44,6 +44,7 @@ includes_AIX=' #include #include #include +#include #include #include #include diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zerrors_aix_ppc.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zerrors_aix_ppc.go index 1def8a581..104994bc6 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zerrors_aix_ppc.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zerrors_aix_ppc.go @@ -459,6 +459,15 @@ const ( MAP_SHARED = 0x1 MAP_TYPE = 0xf0 MAP_VARIABLE = 0x0 + MCAST_BLOCK_SOURCE = 0x40 + MCAST_EXCLUDE = 0x2 + MCAST_INCLUDE = 0x1 + MCAST_JOIN_GROUP = 0x3e + MCAST_JOIN_SOURCE_GROUP = 0x42 + MCAST_LEAVE_GROUP = 0x3f + MCAST_LEAVE_SOURCE_GROUP = 0x43 + MCAST_SOURCE_FILTER = 0x49 + MCAST_UNBLOCK_SOURCE = 0x41 MCL_CURRENT = 0x100 MCL_FUTURE = 0x200 MSG_ANY = 0x4 @@ -483,6 +492,7 @@ const ( MS_INVALIDATE = 0x40 MS_PER_SEC = 0x3e8 MS_SYNC = 0x20 + NFDBITS = 0x20 NL0 = 0x0 NL1 = 0x4000 NL2 = 0x8000 @@ -688,7 +698,7 @@ const ( SIOCGHIWAT = 0x40047301 SIOCGIFADDR = -0x3fd796df SIOCGIFADDRS = 0x2000698c - SIOCGIFBAUDRATE = -0x3fd79693 + SIOCGIFBAUDRATE = -0x3fdf9669 SIOCGIFBRDADDR = -0x3fd796dd SIOCGIFCONF = -0x3ff796bb SIOCGIFCONFGLOB = -0x3ff79670 diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zerrors_aix_ppc64.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zerrors_aix_ppc64.go index 03187dea9..4fc8d3064 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zerrors_aix_ppc64.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/zerrors_aix_ppc64.go @@ -459,6 +459,15 @@ const ( MAP_SHARED = 0x1 MAP_TYPE = 0xf0 MAP_VARIABLE = 0x0 + MCAST_BLOCK_SOURCE = 0x40 + MCAST_EXCLUDE = 0x2 + MCAST_INCLUDE = 0x1 + MCAST_JOIN_GROUP = 0x3e + MCAST_JOIN_SOURCE_GROUP = 0x42 + MCAST_LEAVE_GROUP = 0x3f + MCAST_LEAVE_SOURCE_GROUP = 0x43 + MCAST_SOURCE_FILTER = 0x49 + MCAST_UNBLOCK_SOURCE = 0x41 MCL_CURRENT = 0x100 MCL_FUTURE = 0x200 MSG_ANY = 0x4 @@ -483,6 +492,7 @@ const ( MS_INVALIDATE = 0x40 MS_PER_SEC = 0x3e8 MS_SYNC = 0x20 + NFDBITS = 0x40 NL0 = 0x0 NL1 = 0x4000 NL2 = 0x8000 @@ -688,7 +698,7 @@ const ( SIOCGHIWAT = 0x40047301 SIOCGIFADDR = -0x3fd796df SIOCGIFADDRS = 0x2000698c - SIOCGIFBAUDRATE = -0x3fd79693 + SIOCGIFBAUDRATE = -0x3fdf9669 SIOCGIFBRDADDR = -0x3fd796dd SIOCGIFCONF = -0x3fef96bb SIOCGIFCONFGLOB = -0x3fef9670 diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_mips64.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_mips64.go index 81a818b09..c787be354 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_mips64.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_mips64.go @@ -783,6 +783,7 @@ type Ustat_t struct { type EpollEvent struct { Events uint32 + _ int32 Fd int32 Pad int32 } diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_mips64le.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_mips64le.go index 214e345b7..541912316 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_mips64le.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/sys/unix/ztypes_linux_mips64le.go @@ -783,6 +783,7 @@ type Ustat_t struct { type EpollEvent struct { Events uint32 + _ int32 Fd int32 Pad int32 } diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/go/packages/golist.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/go/packages/golist.go index c581bce97..648e36431 100644 --- a/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/go/packages/golist.go +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/go/packages/golist.go @@ -270,10 +270,7 @@ func addNeededOverlayPackages(cfg *Config, driver driver, response *responseDedu if err != nil { return err } - if err := addNeededOverlayPackages(cfg, driver, response, needPkgs, getGoInfo); err != nil { - return err - } - return nil + return addNeededOverlayPackages(cfg, driver, response, needPkgs, getGoInfo) } func runContainsQueries(cfg *Config, driver driver, response *responseDeduper, queries []string, goInfo func() *goInfo) error { @@ -373,7 +370,8 @@ func adHocPackage(cfg *Config, driver driver, pattern, query string) (*driverRes // Special case to handle issue #33482: // If this is a file= query for ad-hoc packages where the file only exists on an overlay, // and exists outside of a module, add the file in for the package. - if len(dirResponse.Packages) == 1 && (dirResponse.Packages[0].ID == "command-line-arguments" || dirResponse.Packages[0].PkgPath == filepath.ToSlash(query)) { + if len(dirResponse.Packages) == 1 && (dirResponse.Packages[0].ID == "command-line-arguments" || + filepath.ToSlash(dirResponse.Packages[0].PkgPath) == filepath.ToSlash(query)) { if len(dirResponse.Packages[0].GoFiles) == 0 { filename := filepath.Join(pattern, filepath.Base(query)) // avoid recomputing abspath // TODO(matloob): check if the file is outside of a root dir? diff --git a/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/go/packages/loadmode_string.go b/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/go/packages/loadmode_string.go new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aff94a3fe --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/golang.org/x/tools/go/packages/loadmode_string.go @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +// Copyright 2019 The Go Authors. All rights reserved. +// Use of this source code is governed by a BSD-style +// license that can be found in the LICENSE file. + +package packages + +import ( + "fmt" + "strings" +) + +var allModes = []LoadMode{ + NeedName, + NeedFiles, + NeedCompiledGoFiles, + NeedImports, + NeedDeps, + NeedExportsFile, + NeedTypes, + NeedSyntax, + NeedTypesInfo, + NeedTypesSizes, +} + +var modeStrings = []string{ + "NeedName", + "NeedFiles", + "NeedCompiledGoFiles", + "NeedImports", + "NeedDeps", + "NeedExportsFile", + "NeedTypes", + "NeedSyntax", + "NeedTypesInfo", + "NeedTypesSizes", +} + +func (mod LoadMode) String() string { + m := mod + if m == 0 { + return fmt.Sprintf("LoadMode(0)") + } + var out []string + for i, x := range allModes { + if x > m { + break + } + if (m & x) != 0 { + out = append(out, modeStrings[i]) + m = m ^ x + } + } + if m != 0 { + out = append(out, "Unknown") + } + return fmt.Sprintf("LoadMode(%s)", strings.Join(out, "|")) +} diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/AUTHORS b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/AUTHORS index f73b72574..f07029059 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/AUTHORS +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/AUTHORS @@ -8,3 +8,4 @@ # Please keep the list sorted. Google Inc. +LightStep Inc. diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/CONTRIBUTORS b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/CONTRIBUTORS index fe55ebff0..788677b8f 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/CONTRIBUTORS +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/CONTRIBUTORS @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ Jason Hall Johan Euphrosine Kostik Shtoyk Kunpei Sakai +Matthew Dolan Matthew Whisenhunt Michael McGreevy Nick Craig-Wood diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/googleapi/googleapi.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/googleapi/googleapi.go index 673cc664c..4431716d3 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/googleapi/googleapi.go +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/googleapi/googleapi.go @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ import ( "net/url" "strings" - "google.golang.org/api/googleapi/internal/uritemplates" + "google.golang.org/api/internal/third_party/uritemplates" ) // ContentTyper is an interface for Readers which know (or would like @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ func ConvertVariant(v map[string]interface{}, dst interface{}) bool { } // A Field names a field to be retrieved with a partial response. -// See https://developers.google.com/gdata/docs/2.0/basics#PartialResponse +// https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/json_api/v1/how-tos/performance // // Partial responses can dramatically reduce the amount of data that must be sent to your application. // In order to request partial responses, you can specify the full list of fields @@ -356,9 +356,6 @@ func ConvertVariant(v map[string]interface{}, dst interface{}) bool { // // svc.Events.List().Fields("nextPageToken", "items(id,updated)").Do() // -// More information about field formatting can be found here: -// https://developers.google.com/+/api/#fields-syntax -// // Another way to find field names is through the Google API explorer: // https://developers.google.com/apis-explorer/#p/ type Field string diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/googleapi/internal/uritemplates/LICENSE b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/googleapi/internal/uritemplates/LICENSE deleted file mode 100644 index de9c88cb6..000000000 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/googleapi/internal/uritemplates/LICENSE +++ /dev/null @@ -1,18 +0,0 @@ -Copyright (c) 2013 Joshua Tacoma - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of -this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in -the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to -use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of -the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, -subject to the following conditions: - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all -copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS -FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR -COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER -IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN -CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/settings.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/settings.go index dacdbf14f..544d715c8 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/settings.go +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/settings.go @@ -17,19 +17,20 @@ import ( // DialSettings holds information needed to establish a connection with a // Google API service. type DialSettings struct { - Endpoint string - Scopes []string - TokenSource oauth2.TokenSource - Credentials *google.Credentials - CredentialsFile string // if set, Token Source is ignored. - CredentialsJSON []byte - UserAgent string - APIKey string - Audiences []string - HTTPClient *http.Client - GRPCDialOpts []grpc.DialOption - GRPCConn *grpc.ClientConn - NoAuth bool + Endpoint string + Scopes []string + TokenSource oauth2.TokenSource + Credentials *google.Credentials + CredentialsFile string // if set, Token Source is ignored. + CredentialsJSON []byte + UserAgent string + APIKey string + Audiences []string + HTTPClient *http.Client + GRPCDialOpts []grpc.DialOption + GRPCConn *grpc.ClientConn + NoAuth bool + TelemetryDisabled bool // Google API system parameters. For more information please read: // https://cloud.google.com/apis/docs/system-parameters diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/third_party/uritemplates/LICENSE b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/third_party/uritemplates/LICENSE new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7109c6ef9 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/third_party/uritemplates/LICENSE @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +Copyright (c) 2013 Joshua Tacoma. All rights reserved. + +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +met: + + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright +notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above +copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer +in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the +distribution. + * Neither the name of Google Inc. nor the names of its +contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from +this software without specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS +"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT +LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR +A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT +OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, +SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT +LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, +DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY +THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT +(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE +OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/third_party/uritemplates/METADATA b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/third_party/uritemplates/METADATA new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c7f86fcd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/third_party/uritemplates/METADATA @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +name: "uritemplates" +description: + "Package uritemplates is a level 4 implementation of RFC 6570 (URI " + "Template, http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6570)." + +third_party { + url { + type: GIT + value: "https://github.com/jtacoma/uritemplates" + } + version: "0.1" + last_upgrade_date { year: 2014 month: 8 day: 18 } + license_type: NOTICE +} diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/googleapi/internal/uritemplates/uritemplates.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/third_party/uritemplates/uritemplates.go similarity index 100% rename from vendor/google.golang.org/api/googleapi/internal/uritemplates/uritemplates.go rename to vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/third_party/uritemplates/uritemplates.go diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/googleapi/internal/uritemplates/utils.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/third_party/uritemplates/utils.go similarity index 100% rename from vendor/google.golang.org/api/googleapi/internal/uritemplates/utils.go rename to vendor/google.golang.org/api/internal/third_party/uritemplates/utils.go diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/option/option.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/option/option.go index 2326c9a8e..8a4cd166c 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/option/option.go +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/option/option.go @@ -223,3 +223,16 @@ type withRequestReason string func (w withRequestReason) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) { o.RequestReason = string(w) } + +// WithTelemetryDisabled returns a ClientOption that disables default telemetry (OpenCensus) +// settings on gRPC and HTTP clients. +// An example reason would be to bind custom telemetry that overrides the defaults. +func WithTelemetryDisabled() ClientOption { + return withTelemetryDisabledOption{} +} + +type withTelemetryDisabledOption struct{} + +func (w withTelemetryDisabledOption) Apply(o *internal.DialSettings) { + o.TelemetryDisabled = true +} diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/storage/v1/storage-gen.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/storage/v1/storage-gen.go index 3490725b0..fd7d9488c 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/storage/v1/storage-gen.go +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/storage/v1/storage-gen.go @@ -2392,7 +2392,7 @@ func (c *BucketAccessControlsDeleteCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *BucketAccessControlsDeleteCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -2540,7 +2540,7 @@ func (c *BucketAccessControlsGetCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *BucketAccessControlsGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -2707,7 +2707,7 @@ func (c *BucketAccessControlsInsertCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *BucketAccessControlsInsertCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -2880,7 +2880,7 @@ func (c *BucketAccessControlsListCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *BucketAccessControlsListCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -3041,7 +3041,7 @@ func (c *BucketAccessControlsPatchCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *BucketAccessControlsPatchCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -3215,7 +3215,7 @@ func (c *BucketAccessControlsUpdateCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *BucketAccessControlsUpdateCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -3401,7 +3401,7 @@ func (c *BucketsDeleteCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *BucketsDeleteCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -3580,7 +3580,7 @@ func (c *BucketsGetCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *BucketsGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -3786,7 +3786,7 @@ func (c *BucketsGetIamPolicyCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *BucketsGetIamPolicyCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -4003,7 +4003,7 @@ func (c *BucketsInsertCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *BucketsInsertCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -4260,7 +4260,7 @@ func (c *BucketsListCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *BucketsListCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -4470,7 +4470,7 @@ func (c *BucketsLockRetentionPolicyCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *BucketsLockRetentionPolicyCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -4705,7 +4705,7 @@ func (c *BucketsPatchCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *BucketsPatchCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -4934,7 +4934,7 @@ func (c *BucketsSetIamPolicyCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *BucketsSetIamPolicyCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -5109,7 +5109,7 @@ func (c *BucketsTestIamPermissionsCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *BucketsTestIamPermissionsCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -5349,7 +5349,7 @@ func (c *BucketsUpdateCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *BucketsUpdateCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -5561,7 +5561,7 @@ func (c *ChannelsStopCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *ChannelsStopCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -5678,7 +5678,7 @@ func (c *DefaultObjectAccessControlsDeleteCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *DefaultObjectAccessControlsDeleteCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -5826,7 +5826,7 @@ func (c *DefaultObjectAccessControlsGetCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *DefaultObjectAccessControlsGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -5994,7 +5994,7 @@ func (c *DefaultObjectAccessControlsInsertCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *DefaultObjectAccessControlsInsertCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -6184,7 +6184,7 @@ func (c *DefaultObjectAccessControlsListCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *DefaultObjectAccessControlsListCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -6357,7 +6357,7 @@ func (c *DefaultObjectAccessControlsPatchCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *DefaultObjectAccessControlsPatchCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -6531,7 +6531,7 @@ func (c *DefaultObjectAccessControlsUpdateCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *DefaultObjectAccessControlsUpdateCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -6703,7 +6703,7 @@ func (c *NotificationsDeleteCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *NotificationsDeleteCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -6851,7 +6851,7 @@ func (c *NotificationsGetCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *NotificationsGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -7021,7 +7021,7 @@ func (c *NotificationsInsertCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *NotificationsInsertCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -7196,7 +7196,7 @@ func (c *NotificationsListCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *NotificationsListCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -7369,7 +7369,7 @@ func (c *ObjectAccessControlsDeleteCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *ObjectAccessControlsDeleteCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -7541,7 +7541,7 @@ func (c *ObjectAccessControlsGetCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *ObjectAccessControlsGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -7732,7 +7732,7 @@ func (c *ObjectAccessControlsInsertCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *ObjectAccessControlsInsertCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -7929,7 +7929,7 @@ func (c *ObjectAccessControlsListCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *ObjectAccessControlsListCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -8114,7 +8114,7 @@ func (c *ObjectAccessControlsPatchCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *ObjectAccessControlsPatchCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -8312,7 +8312,7 @@ func (c *ObjectAccessControlsUpdateCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *ObjectAccessControlsUpdateCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -8549,7 +8549,7 @@ func (c *ObjectsComposeCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *ObjectsComposeCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -8881,7 +8881,7 @@ func (c *ObjectsCopyCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *ObjectsCopyCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -9204,7 +9204,7 @@ func (c *ObjectsDeleteCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *ObjectsDeleteCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -9437,7 +9437,7 @@ func (c *ObjectsGetCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *ObjectsGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -9687,7 +9687,7 @@ func (c *ObjectsGetIamPolicyCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *ObjectsGetIamPolicyCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -10004,7 +10004,7 @@ func (c *ObjectsInsertCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *ObjectsInsertCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -10359,7 +10359,7 @@ func (c *ObjectsListCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *ObjectsListCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -10666,7 +10666,7 @@ func (c *ObjectsPatchCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *ObjectsPatchCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -11058,7 +11058,7 @@ func (c *ObjectsRewriteCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *ObjectsRewriteCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -11361,7 +11361,7 @@ func (c *ObjectsSetIamPolicyCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *ObjectsSetIamPolicyCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -11561,7 +11561,7 @@ func (c *ObjectsTestIamPermissionsCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *ObjectsTestIamPermissionsCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -11822,7 +11822,7 @@ func (c *ObjectsUpdateCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *ObjectsUpdateCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -12122,7 +12122,7 @@ func (c *ObjectsWatchAllCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *ObjectsWatchAllCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -12328,7 +12328,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsHmacKeysCreateCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *ProjectsHmacKeysCreateCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -12478,7 +12478,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsHmacKeysDeleteCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *ProjectsHmacKeysDeleteCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -12613,7 +12613,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsHmacKeysGetCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *ProjectsHmacKeysGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -12813,7 +12813,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsHmacKeysListCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *ProjectsHmacKeysListCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -13008,7 +13008,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsHmacKeysUpdateCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *ProjectsHmacKeysUpdateCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } @@ -13185,7 +13185,7 @@ func (c *ProjectsServiceAccountGetCall) Header() http.Header { func (c *ProjectsServiceAccountGetCall) doRequest(alt string) (*http.Response, error) { reqHeaders := make(http.Header) - reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.0 gdcl/20191026") + reqHeaders.Set("x-goog-api-client", "gl-go/1.13.4 gdcl/20191114") for k, v := range c.header_ { reqHeaders[k] = v } diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/transport/http/dial.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/transport/http/dial.go index 4a6af5506..1ef67cefb 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/api/transport/http/dial.go +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/api/transport/http/dial.go @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ func newTransport(ctx context.Context, base http.RoundTripper, settings *interna quotaProject: settings.QuotaProject, requestReason: settings.RequestReason, } - trans = addOCTransport(trans) + trans = addOCTransport(trans, settings) switch { case settings.NoAuth: // Do nothing. @@ -109,16 +109,15 @@ func (t parameterTransport) RoundTrip(req *http.Request) (*http.Response, error) if rt == nil { return nil, errors.New("transport: no Transport specified") } - if t.userAgent == "" { - return rt.RoundTrip(req) - } newReq := *req newReq.Header = make(http.Header) for k, vv := range req.Header { newReq.Header[k] = vv } - // TODO(cbro): append to existing User-Agent header? - newReq.Header.Set("User-Agent", t.userAgent) + if t.userAgent != "" { + // TODO(cbro): append to existing User-Agent header? + newReq.Header.Set("User-Agent", t.userAgent) + } // Attach system parameters into the header if t.quotaProject != "" { @@ -143,7 +142,10 @@ func defaultBaseTransport(ctx context.Context) http.RoundTripper { return http.DefaultTransport } -func addOCTransport(trans http.RoundTripper) http.RoundTripper { +func addOCTransport(trans http.RoundTripper, settings *internal.DialSettings) http.RoundTripper { + if settings.TelemetryDisabled { + return trans + } return &ochttp.Transport{ Base: trans, Propagation: &propagation.HTTPFormat{}, diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/iam/v1/iam_policy.pb.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/iam/v1/iam_policy.pb.go index 82f52468e..6e411ffd3 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/iam/v1/iam_policy.pb.go +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/iam/v1/iam_policy.pb.go @@ -238,39 +238,40 @@ func init() { func init() { proto.RegisterFile("google/iam/v1/iam_policy.proto", fileDescriptor_d2728eb97d748a32) } var fileDescriptor_d2728eb97d748a32 = []byte{ - // 505 bytes of a gzipped FileDescriptorProto - 0x1f, 0x8b, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0xac, 0x54, 0xcd, 0x8a, 0xd3, 0x40, - 0x1c, 0x67, 0x52, 0x58, 0xed, 0xac, 0x0a, 0xa6, 0x88, 0xdd, 0xac, 0x74, 0x4b, 0x54, 0x68, 0x03, - 0x3b, 0xb1, 0xf5, 0x64, 0x45, 0x21, 0xf5, 0x10, 0x7a, 0x10, 0x4b, 0x94, 0x3d, 0x48, 0x61, 0x99, - 0x4d, 0xc7, 0x38, 0x90, 0xc9, 0x8c, 0x99, 0x69, 0x45, 0xc4, 0x8b, 0x07, 0x5f, 0xc0, 0x9b, 0x8f, - 0xe0, 0xd9, 0xa7, 0xd8, 0xab, 0x2f, 0xb0, 0x07, 0x1f, 0x42, 0x3c, 0x49, 0x33, 0xd3, 0x6d, 0xda, - 0x54, 0x51, 0xf1, 0x54, 0xf8, 0xff, 0xbe, 0xfe, 0x1f, 0x9d, 0xc0, 0x56, 0xc2, 0x79, 0x92, 0x12, - 0x9f, 0x62, 0xe6, 0xcf, 0x7b, 0x8b, 0x9f, 0x63, 0xc1, 0x53, 0x1a, 0xbf, 0x41, 0x22, 0xe7, 0x8a, - 0xdb, 0x97, 0x35, 0x8e, 0x28, 0x66, 0x68, 0xde, 0x73, 0xf6, 0xd7, 0xe9, 0x5c, 0x28, 0xca, 0x33, - 0xa9, 0xb9, 0x8e, 0xb3, 0x0e, 0x96, 0x7d, 0x9c, 0x1b, 0x06, 0xc3, 0x82, 0xfa, 0x38, 0xcb, 0xb8, - 0xc2, 0x65, 0xe5, 0xf5, 0x12, 0x1a, 0xa7, 0x94, 0x64, 0xca, 0x00, 0x07, 0x25, 0xe0, 0x05, 0x25, - 0xe9, 0xf4, 0xf8, 0x84, 0xbc, 0xc4, 0x73, 0xca, 0x73, 0x43, 0xd8, 0x2b, 0x11, 0x72, 0x22, 0xf9, - 0x2c, 0x8f, 0x89, 0x86, 0x5c, 0x01, 0x1b, 0x4f, 0x89, 0x1a, 0x61, 0x36, 0x2e, 0x1a, 0x89, 0xc8, - 0xab, 0x19, 0x91, 0xca, 0xbe, 0x0d, 0x2f, 0x2e, 0x89, 0x4d, 0xd0, 0x06, 0x9d, 0xfa, 0xb0, 0x7e, - 0x16, 0x58, 0x3f, 0x82, 0x1a, 0x04, 0x5e, 0x74, 0x0e, 0xd9, 0x7d, 0xb8, 0xa3, 0x07, 0x68, 0x5a, - 0x6d, 0xd0, 0xd9, 0xed, 0x5f, 0x43, 0x6b, 0x9b, 0x40, 0xda, 0x74, 0x58, 0x3b, 0x0b, 0xac, 0xc8, - 0x30, 0xdd, 0xd7, 0xb0, 0x11, 0xfe, 0x7b, 0xe2, 0x3d, 0x78, 0xc1, 0xec, 0xd3, 0x44, 0x1e, 0x6c, - 0x44, 0x86, 0x44, 0x69, 0xe3, 0x27, 0x9a, 0x16, 0x2d, 0xf9, 0xee, 0x14, 0xee, 0x3d, 0x23, 0xb2, - 0x48, 0x26, 0x39, 0xa3, 0x52, 0x16, 0xf0, 0xdf, 0xc5, 0xb7, 0xe1, 0xae, 0x58, 0x89, 0x9b, 0x56, - 0xbb, 0xd6, 0xa9, 0x47, 0xe5, 0x92, 0xfb, 0x10, 0x3a, 0xdb, 0x52, 0xa4, 0xe0, 0x99, 0xac, 0xe8, - 0x41, 0x45, 0xdf, 0xff, 0x52, 0x83, 0xf5, 0x51, 0xf0, 0x58, 0xcf, 0x60, 0x2b, 0x78, 0xa9, 0x7c, - 0x1e, 0xdb, 0xdd, 0x98, 0x76, 0xcb, 0xed, 0x9c, 0xed, 0x47, 0x70, 0xbb, 0xef, 0xbf, 0x7e, 0xfb, - 0x68, 0xdd, 0x74, 0x5b, 0x8b, 0xbf, 0xdd, 0xdb, 0xe5, 0x44, 0x0f, 0x3c, 0xef, 0xdd, 0x40, 0x96, - 0x5c, 0x06, 0xc0, 0x5b, 0xa4, 0x86, 0xbf, 0x4b, 0x0d, 0xff, 0x4b, 0x6a, 0xb2, 0x91, 0xfa, 0x09, - 0x40, 0xbb, 0xba, 0x3a, 0xbb, 0xb3, 0x61, 0xfc, 0xcb, 0x1b, 0x3a, 0xdd, 0x3f, 0x60, 0xea, 0x3b, - 0xb8, 0x7e, 0xd1, 0x56, 0xd7, 0xbd, 0x55, 0x6d, 0x4b, 0x55, 0x54, 0x03, 0xe0, 0x39, 0xad, 0xd3, - 0x60, 0x9f, 0x62, 0x76, 0xc8, 0x88, 0xc2, 0x87, 0x58, 0x50, 0x13, 0x85, 0x05, 0x95, 0x28, 0xe6, - 0x6c, 0xf8, 0x01, 0xc0, 0xab, 0x31, 0x67, 0xeb, 0x1d, 0x0c, 0xaf, 0x9c, 0x0f, 0x38, 0x5e, 0xbc, - 0xb6, 0x31, 0x78, 0x7e, 0xc7, 0x10, 0x12, 0x9e, 0xe2, 0x2c, 0x41, 0x3c, 0x4f, 0xfc, 0x84, 0x64, - 0xc5, 0x5b, 0xf4, 0x57, 0x96, 0xe6, 0xeb, 0x70, 0x9f, 0x62, 0xf6, 0x1d, 0x80, 0xcf, 0x56, 0x23, - 0xd4, 0xaa, 0x47, 0x29, 0x9f, 0x4d, 0xd1, 0x08, 0x33, 0x74, 0xd4, 0x3b, 0x5d, 0x56, 0x27, 0x45, - 0x75, 0x32, 0xc2, 0x6c, 0x72, 0xd4, 0x3b, 0xd9, 0x29, 0xbc, 0xee, 0xfe, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, - 0xff, 0xff, 0xd3, 0xd0, 0xdf, 0xb4, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, + // 514 bytes of a gzipped FileDescriptorProto + 0x1f, 0x8b, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0xff, 0xac, 0x54, 0xc1, 0x8a, 0xd3, 0x40, + 0x18, 0x66, 0x52, 0x58, 0xed, 0xac, 0x0a, 0xa6, 0x88, 0xdd, 0xac, 0x74, 0x4b, 0x74, 0xa1, 0x0d, + 0xec, 0xc4, 0xd6, 0x93, 0x15, 0x85, 0xd4, 0x43, 0xe8, 0x41, 0x2c, 0x55, 0xf6, 0x20, 0x85, 0x65, + 0x36, 0x3b, 0xc6, 0x81, 0x4c, 0x66, 0xcc, 0x4c, 0x2b, 0x22, 0x5e, 0x3c, 0xf8, 0x02, 0xde, 0x7c, + 0x04, 0xcf, 0x3e, 0xc5, 0x5e, 0x7d, 0x81, 0x3d, 0xf8, 0x10, 0xe2, 0x49, 0x92, 0x99, 0x6e, 0x93, + 0xb6, 0x8a, 0xca, 0x9e, 0x0a, 0xff, 0xf7, 0xfd, 0xdf, 0xf7, 0x7f, 0xff, 0xdf, 0x09, 0x6c, 0xc5, + 0x9c, 0xc7, 0x09, 0xf1, 0x29, 0x66, 0xfe, 0xbc, 0x97, 0xff, 0x1c, 0x09, 0x9e, 0xd0, 0xe8, 0x2d, + 0x12, 0x19, 0x57, 0xdc, 0xbe, 0xaa, 0x71, 0x44, 0x31, 0x43, 0xf3, 0x9e, 0xb3, 0x5b, 0xa5, 0x73, + 0xa1, 0x28, 0x4f, 0xa5, 0xe6, 0x3a, 0x4e, 0x15, 0x2c, 0xeb, 0x38, 0xb7, 0x0c, 0x86, 0x05, 0xf5, + 0x71, 0x9a, 0x72, 0x85, 0xcb, 0x9d, 0x37, 0x4b, 0x68, 0x94, 0x50, 0x92, 0x2a, 0x03, 0xec, 0x95, + 0x80, 0x97, 0x94, 0x24, 0x27, 0x47, 0xc7, 0xe4, 0x15, 0x9e, 0x53, 0x9e, 0x19, 0xc2, 0x4e, 0x89, + 0x90, 0x11, 0xc9, 0x67, 0x59, 0x44, 0x34, 0xe4, 0x0a, 0xd8, 0x78, 0x46, 0xd4, 0x08, 0xb3, 0x71, + 0x31, 0xc8, 0x84, 0xbc, 0x9e, 0x11, 0xa9, 0xec, 0x7d, 0x78, 0x79, 0x41, 0x6c, 0x82, 0x36, 0xe8, + 0xd4, 0x87, 0xf5, 0xb3, 0xc0, 0xfa, 0x19, 0xd4, 0x20, 0xf0, 0x26, 0xe7, 0x90, 0xdd, 0x87, 0x5b, + 0x3a, 0x40, 0xd3, 0x6a, 0x83, 0xce, 0x76, 0xff, 0x06, 0xaa, 0x6c, 0x02, 0x69, 0xd1, 0x61, 0xed, + 0x2c, 0xb0, 0x26, 0x86, 0xe9, 0xbe, 0x81, 0x8d, 0xf0, 0xff, 0x1d, 0xef, 0xc3, 0x4b, 0x66, 0x9f, + 0xc6, 0x72, 0x6f, 0xc5, 0x32, 0x24, 0x4a, 0x0b, 0x3f, 0xd5, 0xb4, 0xc9, 0x82, 0xef, 0x52, 0xb8, + 0xf3, 0x9c, 0xc8, 0xc2, 0x99, 0x64, 0x8c, 0x4a, 0x59, 0xc0, 0xff, 0x66, 0xbf, 0x0f, 0xb7, 0xc5, + 0xb2, 0xb9, 0x69, 0xb5, 0x6b, 0x9d, 0xba, 0x8e, 0x57, 0xae, 0xbb, 0x8f, 0xa0, 0xb3, 0xc9, 0x4a, + 0x0a, 0x9e, 0x4a, 0x62, 0xb7, 0xab, 0x22, 0x20, 0x17, 0xa9, 0xf4, 0xf7, 0xbf, 0xd6, 0x60, 0x7d, + 0x14, 0x3c, 0xd1, 0x41, 0x6c, 0x05, 0xaf, 0x94, 0x6f, 0x64, 0xbb, 0x2b, 0x91, 0x37, 0x1c, 0xd0, + 0xd9, 0x7c, 0x09, 0xb7, 0xfb, 0xe1, 0xdb, 0xf7, 0x4f, 0xd6, 0x6d, 0xb7, 0x95, 0xff, 0xf7, 0xde, + 0x2d, 0x62, 0x3d, 0xf4, 0xbc, 0xf7, 0x03, 0x59, 0x52, 0x19, 0x00, 0x2f, 0x77, 0x0d, 0xff, 0xe4, + 0x1a, 0x5e, 0x88, 0x6b, 0xbc, 0xe2, 0xfa, 0x19, 0x40, 0x7b, 0x7d, 0x75, 0x76, 0x67, 0x45, 0xf8, + 0xb7, 0x87, 0x74, 0xba, 0x7f, 0xc1, 0xd4, 0x77, 0x70, 0xfd, 0x62, 0xac, 0xae, 0x7b, 0x67, 0x7d, + 0x2c, 0xb5, 0xd6, 0x35, 0x00, 0x9e, 0xd3, 0x3a, 0x0d, 0x76, 0x29, 0x66, 0x07, 0x8c, 0x28, 0x7c, + 0x80, 0x05, 0x35, 0x56, 0x58, 0x50, 0x89, 0x22, 0xce, 0x86, 0x1f, 0x01, 0xbc, 0x1e, 0x71, 0x56, + 0x9d, 0x60, 0x78, 0xed, 0x3c, 0xe0, 0x38, 0x7f, 0x72, 0x63, 0xf0, 0xe2, 0xae, 0x21, 0xc4, 0x3c, + 0xc1, 0x69, 0x8c, 0x78, 0x16, 0xfb, 0x31, 0x49, 0x8b, 0x07, 0xe9, 0x2f, 0x25, 0xcd, 0x27, 0xe2, + 0x01, 0xc5, 0xec, 0x07, 0x00, 0x5f, 0xac, 0x46, 0xa8, 0xbb, 0x1e, 0x27, 0x7c, 0x76, 0x82, 0x46, + 0x98, 0xa1, 0xc3, 0xde, 0xe9, 0xa2, 0x3a, 0x2d, 0xaa, 0xd3, 0x11, 0x66, 0xd3, 0xc3, 0xde, 0xf1, + 0x56, 0xa1, 0x75, 0xef, 0x57, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0x32, 0x24, 0xb5, 0x51, 0xb9, 0x04, + 0x00, 0x00, } // Reference imports to suppress errors if they are not otherwise used. diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/iam/v1/policy.pb.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/iam/v1/policy.pb.go index 5ae97c673..b2402e182 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/iam/v1/policy.pb.go +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/iam/v1/policy.pb.go @@ -152,12 +152,13 @@ type Policy struct { // // Operations affecting conditional bindings must specify version 3. This can // be either setting a conditional policy, modifying a conditional binding, - // or removing a conditional binding from the stored conditional policy. + // or removing a binding (conditional or unconditional) from the stored + // conditional policy. // Operations on non-conditional policies may specify any valid value or // leave the field unset. // - // If no etag is provided in the call to `setIamPolicy`, any version - // compliance checks on the incoming and/or stored policy is skipped. + // If no etag is provided in the call to `setIamPolicy`, version compliance + // checks against the stored policy is skipped. Version int32 `protobuf:"varint,1,opt,name=version,proto3" json:"version,omitempty"` // Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally may specify a // `condition` that determines when binding is in effect. @@ -173,8 +174,8 @@ type Policy struct { // // If no `etag` is provided in the call to `setIamPolicy`, then the existing // policy is overwritten. Due to blind-set semantics of an etag-less policy, - // 'setIamPolicy' will not fail even if either of incoming or stored policy - // does not meet the version requirements. + // 'setIamPolicy' will not fail even if the incoming policy version does not + // meet the requirements for modifying the stored policy. Etag []byte `protobuf:"bytes,3,opt,name=etag,proto3" json:"etag,omitempty"` XXX_NoUnkeyedLiteral struct{} `json:"-"` XXX_unrecognized []byte `json:"-"` diff --git a/vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/version.go b/vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/version.go index 0e71b95dc..40af09639 100644 --- a/vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/version.go +++ b/vendor/google.golang.org/grpc/version.go @@ -19,4 +19,4 @@ package grpc // Version is the current grpc version. -const Version = "1.25.0" +const Version = "1.25.1" diff --git a/vendor/modules.txt b/vendor/modules.txt index 53ba6a8aa..5799fea75 100644 --- a/vendor/modules.txt +++ b/vendor/modules.txt @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# cloud.google.com/go v0.47.0 +# cloud.google.com/go v0.48.0 cloud.google.com/go cloud.google.com/go/compute/metadata cloud.google.com/go/iam @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ cloud.google.com/go/internal cloud.google.com/go/internal/optional cloud.google.com/go/internal/trace cloud.google.com/go/internal/version -# cloud.google.com/go/storage v1.2.1 +# cloud.google.com/go/storage v1.4.0 cloud.google.com/go/storage # github.com/BurntSushi/toml v0.3.1 github.com/BurntSushi/toml @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ github.com/BurntSushi/toml github.com/VictoriaMetrics/fastcache # github.com/VictoriaMetrics/metrics v1.7.2 github.com/VictoriaMetrics/metrics -# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go v1.25.29 +# github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go v1.25.37 github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awserr github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/s3iface github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/s3/s3manager github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/sts/stsiface -# github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2 v2.1.0 +# github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2 v2.1.1 github.com/cespare/xxhash/v2 # github.com/golang/groupcache v0.0.0-20191027212112-611e8accdfc9 github.com/golang/groupcache/lru @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ github.com/jmespath/go-jmespath github.com/jstemmer/go-junit-report github.com/jstemmer/go-junit-report/formatter github.com/jstemmer/go-junit-report/parser -# github.com/klauspost/compress v1.9.1 +# github.com/klauspost/compress v1.9.2 github.com/klauspost/compress/fse github.com/klauspost/compress/huff0 github.com/klauspost/compress/snappy @@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ github.com/valyala/fastrand github.com/valyala/gozstd # github.com/valyala/histogram v1.0.1 github.com/valyala/histogram -# github.com/valyala/quicktemplate v1.3.1 +# github.com/valyala/quicktemplate v1.4.1 github.com/valyala/quicktemplate -# go.opencensus.io v0.22.1 +# go.opencensus.io v0.22.2 go.opencensus.io go.opencensus.io/internal go.opencensus.io/internal/tagencoding @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ golang.org/x/exp/cmd/apidiff # golang.org/x/lint v0.0.0-20190930215403-16217165b5de golang.org/x/lint golang.org/x/lint/golint -# golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20191105084925-a882066a44e0 +# golang.org/x/net v0.0.0-20191119073136-fc4aabc6c914 golang.org/x/net/context golang.org/x/net/context/ctxhttp golang.org/x/net/http/httpguts @@ -137,14 +137,14 @@ golang.org/x/oauth2/google golang.org/x/oauth2/internal golang.org/x/oauth2/jws golang.org/x/oauth2/jwt -# golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20191105231009-c1f44814a5cd +# golang.org/x/sys v0.0.0-20191119060738-e882bf8e40c2 golang.org/x/sys/unix # golang.org/x/text v0.3.2 golang.org/x/text/secure/bidirule golang.org/x/text/transform golang.org/x/text/unicode/bidi golang.org/x/text/unicode/norm -# golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20191107010934-f79515f33823 +# golang.org/x/tools v0.0.0-20191119175705-11e13f1c3fd7 golang.org/x/tools/cmd/goimports golang.org/x/tools/go/analysis golang.org/x/tools/go/analysis/passes/inspect @@ -163,12 +163,12 @@ golang.org/x/tools/internal/imports golang.org/x/tools/internal/module golang.org/x/tools/internal/semver golang.org/x/tools/internal/span -# google.golang.org/api v0.13.0 +# google.golang.org/api v0.14.0 google.golang.org/api/googleapi -google.golang.org/api/googleapi/internal/uritemplates google.golang.org/api/googleapi/transport google.golang.org/api/internal google.golang.org/api/internal/gensupport +google.golang.org/api/internal/third_party/uritemplates google.golang.org/api/iterator google.golang.org/api/option google.golang.org/api/storage/v1 @@ -185,13 +185,13 @@ google.golang.org/appengine/internal/modules google.golang.org/appengine/internal/remote_api google.golang.org/appengine/internal/urlfetch google.golang.org/appengine/urlfetch -# google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20191028173616-919d9bdd9fe6 +# google.golang.org/genproto v0.0.0-20191115221424-83cc0476cb11 google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/api/annotations google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/iam/v1 google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/rpc/code google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/rpc/status google.golang.org/genproto/googleapis/type/expr -# google.golang.org/grpc v1.25.0 +# google.golang.org/grpc v1.25.1 google.golang.org/grpc google.golang.org/grpc/backoff google.golang.org/grpc/balancer